PA 2087 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



D0D03T4TSQ3 












.♦^"V 

•y ^ 







.^^ 





FIRST 
LESSONS IN LATIN: 



■^ 



AN INTRODUCTION 



ANDREWS AND STODDARD'S 

LATIN GRAMMAR. '^^}^ 



M' 



BY PROF. E. A. ANDREWS. 




BOSTON: 

PUBLISHED BY CROCKER AND BREWSTER, 

47, Washington-Street. 

NEW-YORK : — LEAVITT, LORD^ AND CO. 

180, Broadway, 

1837. 



^ V 



^^h ' K^ • ^- . > - - •* V ^* 4 






1**^ 






^% 



Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1837, 

BY CROCKER & BREWSTER, 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of Massachusetts* 



c?^// 



PREFACE. 



The following work consists of two distinct parts. 
The first is an abridgement of Andrews and Stod- 
dard's Latin Grammar, containing the most important 
principles of that work, together with the paradigms. 
As this book is intended to serve as an introduction 
to the larger Grammar, the language and arrange- 
ment of the original work are, in general, retained. 
In both Grammars the inflected words are divided into 
syllables, and the place of the principal accent care- 
fully marked. The questions at the foot of the page 
will assist the learner in preparing his lesson, and 
may likewise be convenient for the teacher at recita- 
tion. 

The second part consists of Exercises in Syntax, 
and Reading Lessons. 

The Exercises are intended to illustrate the princi- 
pal rules of grammatical construction, to which refer- 
ence is made at the beginning of each lesson, and to 
render the student familiar with the inflections. In 
the sentences contained in this part, as well as in the 
Reading Lessons, the Latin order has been preserved, 



IV PREFACE. 

that the learner may, from the commencement of his 
studies, be accustomed to see Latin words disposed 
with strict regard to the rules of Latin arrangement. 
To the Latin examples of correct construction, are 
subjoined others, to be translated from English into 
Latin, in conformity with the same rules. By this 
means the book will serve not only as a Grammar and 
a Reader, but likewise as an Introduction to Latin 
Composition. 

The Reading Lessons, consisting of Fables, and a 
version, with some variations, of an ancient and well 
known English tale, are from the lessons of Broder. 
To these are subjoined notes, referring to the gram- 
matical principles in the first part. 

In order to insure a correct pronunciation of the 
Latin language, it is respectfully recommended to in- 
structors, who may make use of this book, to read to 
their classes, and to cause them to read aloud, every 
lesson containing Latin words, before they commence 
the study of the lesson. Juvenile classes, engaging in 
the study of this little volume, and continuing to re- 
view it until familiar with every part, will be well 
qualified to enter upon the study of the Reader, in 
connection with the larger Grammar. 

E. A. Andrews. 
Boston, March 20, 1837. 



riRST LESSONS. 



1. Latin Grammar teaches the principles of the 
Latin language 

2. It is divided into Orthography, Orthoepy, Ety- 
mology, Sjntax, and Prosody. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 

3. Orthography treats of the letters and other char- 
acters of a language, and the proper mode of spelling 
words. 

4. The letters of the Latin language are twenty- 
four. 

5. They have the same names as the correspond- 
ing characters in English. 

They are A, a; B, b; C, c ; D, d; E, e; F, f; 
G, g; H, h; I, i; J, j ; L, 1 ; M, m; N, n; O, o ; 
P, p; a, q; R, r; S, s; T, t; U, u; V, v; X, x; 
Y, y;Z, z. 

6. W and K are not found in Latin words. 



1. What does Latin Grammar teach? 

2. Into what parts is it divided ? 

3. Of what does Orthography treat ? 

4. How many letters has the Latin Language ? 

5. What are their names ? 

6. What English letters are not found in Latin ? 

3 



20 ORTHOGRAPHY. 

7. Letters are divided into voivels and consonants. 

8. The vowels are a, e, i, o, u, and y. 

9. Of the consonants, Z, m, n^ and r are called 
liquids, 

10. JT and z are called double letters. X stands 
for cs or gs ; and 2: for ds ox ts. 

11. The other consonants, except h and 5, are 
called mutes, 

12. Two vowels, in immediate succession, in the 
same syllable, are called a diphthong ; as, ae in mu'- 
sae, or ew in heu, 

13. A sAorj^ vowel is marked by a curved line over 
it ; as, i in dom'-i-nus, 

14. A long vowel is marked by a horizontal line 
over it ; as, in ser-md'-nis. 

15. A common or doubtful vowel is marked by both 
a curved and a horizontal line ; as, u in vol'-u-cris. 

16. The circumfiex accent denotes a contraction \ 
as, num-muin for num-mb'-rum, 

17. The grave accent is sometimes written over 
particles to distinguish them from other words con- 
taining the same letters ; as, quod^ because ; quody 
which. 

18. The dicsresis denotes that the vowel over which 
it stands, does not form a diphthong with the preced- 
ing vowel ; as, aer, the air. 

7. How are letters divided ? 

8. Which are vowels ? 

9. Which of the consonants are liquids ? 

10. Which are double letters ? 

11. What are the other consonants called ? 

12. What is a diphthong ? 

13. How is a short vowel marked ? 

14. How is a long vowel marked ? 

15. How is a doubtful vowel marked ? 

16. What is the use of the circumflex accent ? 

17. What is the use of the grave accent ? 

18. What is the use of the diaeresis ? 



ORTHOEPY. 31 



ORTHOEPY. 

1. Orthoepy treats of the right pronunciation of 
words. 

2. Ay at the end of an unaccented syllable, has the 
sound of a m father , or in ah ; as, mu'-sa, pronounced 
imi'-zah, 

3. Es, at the end of a word, is pronounced like the 
English word ease ; as, ig'-nes. 

4. Os, at the end of plural cases, is pronounced like 
ose in dose ; as, nos, il'-los, 

5. C and g have their soft sound, like s and j be- 
fore e, z, and y, and the diphthongs cb and cb. 

6. The penult of a word is the last syllable but 
one. 

7. The antepenult is the last syllable but two. 

The following are the general rules for the quantity of sylla- 
bles. 

8. (I.) A vowel before another vowel is short. 

9. (2.) Diphthongs, not beginning with u, are 
long. 

10. (3.) A vowel before x, z^ j, or any two conso- 
nants, except a mute and a liquid, is long, by position, 
as it is called. 

11. (4.) A vowel before a mute and a liquid, is 
common, i. e. either long or short ; as, a in pa-tris. 

1. Of what does Orthoepy treat ? 

2. What sound has a at the end of an unaccented syllable ? 

3. How is es at the end of a word pronounced ? 

4. How is OS pronounced at the end of plural cases ? 

5. What is the rule for the sound of c andj ? 

6. What is the 'penult 7 

7. What is the antepenult 7 

8. What is first general rule for the quantity of syllables ? 

9. What is the second 1 

10. What is the third ? 

11. What is the fourth ? 



22 ETYMOLOGY. 

12. Accent is a particular stress of voice upon 
certain syllables of words. 

13. In words of two syllables the penult is always 
accented ; as, pd'-tei\ md'-ter, pen'-na. 

14. In words of more than two syllables, if the pe- 
nult is long, it is accented ; but if it is short, the 
accent is on the antepenult ; as, a-ml'-cus, dom'-i-nus. 

15. If the penult is common, the accent, in prose, is 
upon the antepenult ; as, phar'-t-tra ; but genitives in 
ius, in which i is common, accent their penult in 
prose ; as, u-nV-us. 

16. In every Latin word there are as many sylla- 
bles as there are separate vowels and diphthongs. 



ETYMOLOGY. 

§ 1. Etymology treats of the different classes of 
words, their derivation, and various inflections. 

2. The parts of speech in Latin are eight — Substan- 
tive or Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, 
Preposition, Conjunction, and Interjection. 

3. To verbs belong Participles, Gerunds, and 
Supines. 

4. Inflection, in Latin grammar, signifies a change 
in the termination of a word. 



12. What is accent ? 

13. How are words of two syllables accented ? 

14. How are words of more than two syllables accented ? 

15. How, if the penult is common 1 

16. How many syllables has a Latin word ? 

§ 1. Of what does Etymology treat ? 

2. How many parts of speech are there in Latin ? 

3. What classes of words belong to verbs ? 

4. What is inflection ? 



NOUNS. GENDER. 23 

5. It is of three kinds — declension, conjugation, and 
comparison. 

6. Nouns, adjectives, participles, gerunds, and su- 
pines, are declined, 

7. Verbs are conjugated, 

8. Adjectives and adverbs are compared. 

NOUNS. 

9. A substantive or noun is the name of an object. 

10. Nouns are either proper, common, or abstract. 

11. A proper noun is the name of an individual 
object ; as, Ccesar, Roma. 

12. A common noun denotes a class of objects, to 
any one of which it is equally applicable ; as, Jiomo, a 
man ; avis, a bird. 

13. An abstract noun is the name of a quality, or 
of a mode of being or action ; as, bonitas, goodness ; 
gaudium, joy. 

14. A common noun, when, in the singular num- 
ber, it signifies many, is called a collective noun; as, 
populus, a people. 

GENDER. 

15. Nouns have three genders — masculine, femi- 
nine, and neuter, 

5. How many kinds of inflection are there ? 

6. What classes of words are declined? 

7. What conjugated ? 

8. What compared 1 

9. What is a noun ? 

10. What are the three principal classes of nouns ? 

11. What is a proper noun 1 

12. What is a common noun 1 

13. What is an abstract noun *? 

14. What is a collective noun 1 

\b. How many genders have nouns ? 



24 NUMBER. CASES. 

16. The gender of Latin nouns depends either on 
their signification, or on their declension and termi- 
nation. 

17. Names and appellations of all male beings, and 
also of rivers, winds, and months, are masculine. 

18. Names and appellations of all female beings, 
and also of countries, towns, trees, plants, ships, isl- 
ands, poems, and gems, ctre femin{?ie. 

19. Some words are either masculine or feminine. 
These, if they denote things having life, are said to 
be of the common gender ; if things without life, of 
the doubtful gender. 

20. Nouns which are neither masculine nor femi- 
nine, are said to be of the neuter gender. 

NUMBER. 

21. Latin nouns have two numbers, the Singular 
and the Plural^ which are distinguished by their ter- 
minations. 

22. The singular number denotes one object; the 
plural more than one. 

CASES. 

23. Cases are those terminations of nouns, by 
means of which their relations to other words are de- 
noted. 

16. On what does the gender of Latin nouns depend 1 

17. What is the general rule for nouns of the masculine gender 1 

18. For nouns of the feminine gender 1 

19. Define common and doubtful gender. 

20. What nouns are neuter ? i 

21. How many numbers have Latin nouns ? 

22. What do these denote ? 

23. What are cases ? 



DECLENSIONS. 25 

24. Latin nouns have six cases ; viz. Nominative, 
Genitive, Dative, Accusative, Vozative, and Abla- 
tive. 

25. The nominative indicates the relation of a sub- 
ject to a finite verb. 

26. The genitive is used to indicate origin, pos- 
session, and many other relationSj vi^hich, in English, 
are denoted by the preposition of, 

27. The dative denotes that to or for which any 
thing is, or is done. 

28. The accusative is either the object of an active 
verb, or of certain prepositions, or the subject of an 
infinitive. 

29. The vocative is the form appropriated to the 
name of any object which is addressed. 

30. The ablative denotes privation^ and many other 
relations, especially those which are usually expressed 
in English by the prepositions with, from, in, or by, 

DECLENSIONS, 

31. There are, in Latin, five different modes of de- 
clining nouns, called the first, second, third, fourth, 
?ind fifth declensions. 

32. These may be distinguished by the termination 
of the genitive singular, which, in the first declension, 
ends in cb, in the second in i, in the third in is^ in the 
fourth in us, and in the fifth in ei. 

24. How many cases have Latin nouns ? 

25. How is the nominative used ? 

26. How is the genitive used ? 

27. How is the dative used ? 

28. How is the accusative used ? 

29. How is the vocative used ? 

30. How is the ablative used ? 

31. How many declensions have Latin nouns ? 

32. How are the declensions distinguished from each other ? 

1 1 



26 



TERMINATIONS. 



33. Every inflected word consists of two parts — a 
root, and a ■termination, 

34. The root is the part which is not changed by 
inflection. 

35. The termination is the part annexed to the 
root. 

The following- table exhibits a comparative view of the termina- 
tions of the five declensions. 





I. 


Norn. 


a, 


Gen. 


86, 


Dat. 


86, 


Ace. 


am, 


Voc. 


a. 


Abl. 


a; 





II 




M. 




N. 


/"^■^^^ 




us, 


er, 
i. 

0, 

um 


um, 


6; 


e% 


um, 



Singular. 

III. 

M. F. N. M. 

or, &c. e, t&:c. us, 
is, us, 

I, ul, 

em, e, «Scc.! um, 

or, &c. e, &c.j us, 

e, or 1, 1 



IV. 



N. 



ei, 
em. 



Plural. 



Nom. 


86, 


1, a. 


es, a, ia. 


us, ua. 


es, 


Gen. 


arum, 


orum. 


um, or ium, 


uum, 


erum, 


Dat. 


is, 


is, 


ibus, 


ibus, or ubus, 


ebus, 


Ace. 


as, 


OS, a, 


es, a, ia, 


us, ua. 


es, 


Voe. 


86, 


I, a. 


es, a, ia. 


us, ua. 


es, 


Abl. 


is. 


is. 


ibus. 

Remarks. 


ibus, or ubus. 


ebus. 



36. The accusative singular ends always in m, ex- 
cept in some neuters. 



33. What are the two parts of an inflected word 1 

34. What is the root ? 

35. What is the termination ? 

36. How does the accusative singular end ? 



FIRST DECLENSION. 



27 



37. The vocative singular is like the nominative, 
except in nouns in us of the second declension. 

38. The nominative and vocative plural end always 
alike. 

39. The genitive plural ends always in um. 

40. The dative and ablative plural end always 
alike; — in the 1st and 2d declensions, in is; in the 
3d, 4th, and 5th, in hus. 

41. The accusative plural ends always in 5, except 
in neuters. 

42. Nouns of the neuter gender have the accusa- 
tive and vocative like the nominative, in both num- 
bers; and these cases, in the plural, end always in a, 

FIRST DECLENSION. 

43. Nouns of the first declension end in a, c, as, es, 

44. Those in a and e are feminine ; those in as 
and es are masculine. 

45. Latin nouns of this declension end only in a, 

46. They are thus declined. 





Singular. 






Plural 




Norn. 


Mu'-sa, 


a muse ; 


Nom. 


mu^ 


-s?e, 


muses ; 


Gen. 


mu'-sse, 


of a muse ; 


Gen. 


mu- 


sa'-rum, 


of muses ; 


Dat, 


mu'-s6e; 


to a muse; 


Dat. 


mu' 


-sis, 


to muses ; 


Ace. 


mu'-sani; 


a muse; 


Ace. 


mu' 


-sas; 


muses ; 


Voc. 


mu'-sa, 


O muse ; 


Voc. 


mu' 


-sae, 


O muses; 


Abl. 


mu'-sa. 


with a muse ; 


Abl. 


mu' 


-sis, 


with muses. 



37. What is the rule for the vocative singular ? 

38. What case is like the nominative plural ? 

39. How^ does the genitive plural end ? 

40. What is the rule for the dative and ablative plural ? 

41. How does the accusative plural end? 

42. What peculiarities have nouns of the neuter gender ? 

43. Hovv^ do nouns of the first declension end ? 

44. Of what gender are the}? ? 

45. How do Latin nouns of this declension end ? 

46. Decline musa. 



ih 



28 



GREEK NOUNS. 



In like manner decline 

Au^-la, a hall. 
Cu' ra, care, 
Ga^-le-a, a helmet. 
In^-su-la, an island. 
Lit'-e-ra, a letter. 
Lus-cin^-i-a^ a nightingale. 



Mach'-i-iia, a machine. 
Pen'-na, a quill, a wing. 
Sa-^ii^ la, an arrow. 
Stel'-Ja, a star. 
To'-ga, a gown. 
Vi'-a; a way. 



Greek Nouns. 

47. Nouns of the first declension in e, as, and es, 
and some also in a, are Greek. 

48. Greek nouns in e, as, and es, are thus declined 
in the singular number : 



N. 


Pe-nel 


-6-pe, 


G. 


Pe-nel 


-6-pes, 


D. 


Pe-nel 


-o-pse, 


Ac. 


Pe.nel 


-o-pen, 


V. 


Pe-uel 


-6-pe, 


Ab. 


Pe-nel' 


-6-pe. 



N. iE ne'-as, N. An-chl'-ses, 

G. ^.-ne'-se, G. An-chl'-sse, 

D. ^-ne'-ae, D. An-ch!'-sae; 

Ac. ^-ne'-am, or an, Ac. An-chl'-sen, 
V. ^-ne' a, V. An-chi'-se, 

Ab. JE-ne'-k. Ab. An-chl'-se. 



In like manner decline 

E-pit'-6-me, an abridgement. 

This'- be. 

Bo'-re-aS; the north wind. 

Mi'-das. 



Ti-a'-ras, a turban. 
Co-me'-tes, a comet. 
Dy-nas'-tes, a dynasty. 
Pri-am'-i-deS; a son of Priam. 



49. Greek nouns which admit of a plural, are de- 
clined in that number like the plural oimusa. 

SECOND DECLENSION. 

50. Nouns of the second declension end in er, ir, 
us, um, OS, on. 



47. To what language do nouns in e, as, and es, belong ? 

48. Decline Penelope — jTlneas — Anchises. 

49. How are Greek nouns declined in the plural ? 

50. How do nouns of the second declension end ? 



SECOND DECLENSION. 29 

51. Those ending in urn and on are neuter ; the 
rest are masculine. 

52. Nouns in er, us, and um, are thus declined : 

Sinorular. 



A lord. 


A %i-in'law. 


Afield. 




A kingdom. 


N. ^om'-i-nus, 


Ge'-ner, 


A'-ger, 




Reg'-num, 


G. dom^-i-ni; 


gen'-e-ri, 


a'-gri, 




reg^-ni, 


J), clom'-i-no, 


gen'-e-ro, 


a^-gro, 




reg'-no, 


Ac. dom'-i-num 


gen'-e-runi; 


a'-grum; 




reg'-num, 


V. dom'i-ne, 


ge^-ner, 


a'-ger, 




reg'-num, 


Ab. dom'-i-no, 


gen'-e-ro, 


a'-gro, 




reg'-no. 




Plural. 






JV. dom'-i-ni, 


gen'-e-ri, 


a'-gri, 




reg'-na, 


<x. dom-i-no'-rum, gen-e-ro'-rum, 


a-gro'-rum, 




reg-no'-rum 


D. dom' i-nis, 


gen'-e-ris, 


a'-giis, 




reg'-nis, 


^c.dom'-i-noS; 


gen'-e-ros, 


a'-gros; 




reg'-na, 


V. dom'-i-ni, 


gen'-e-ri, 


a'-g-ri, 




reg'-na, 


Ab. dom'-i-ms. 


gen'-e-ris. 


a'-gris. 




reg'-nis. 




Like dominus decline 






An'-i-mus, the 


mi7id. 


Lii'-cas, a grove 




C'yp'-e-us, a shield. 


Nu'-me-rus, 


a number. 


Cor'-vus, a raven. 


O-ce'-a-nus, 


the 


ocean. 


Fo'-cus, a hearth. 


Tro' chus, a 


top 




Gla'-di-us, a sword. 


Ven'-lus, the wind. 



Like gener decline 

A-duV-ter, eri, an adulterer. Li'-ber, eri; Bacchus. 

Ar'-mi-ger, erl, an armor-bearer. Pu'-er, eri, a boy. 

CeK-li-ber, eri, a Celtiberian. So'-cer, eri, a father-in-law, 

I'-ber, eri, a Spaniard. Ves'-per, eri, the evening. 

Like ager decline 

A'-per, a wild boar. Ma-gis'-ter, a master. 

Aus'-ter, the south wind. On'-a-ger, a wild ass. 

Fa'-ber, a workman. Al-ex-an'-der. 

Li'-ber, a book. Teu'-cer. 

51. Of what gender are they ? 

52. Decline dominus — gener'—ager — regnum. 



30 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



Like regnum decline 



Aii'-trum, a cave.. 
A^-tri-um, a hall. 
Bel' lum, war, 
Ex-em^-pkim, an example. 
Ne-go'-li-Uiii, a business. 



Ni'-trum, nitre. 
Prae-sid'-i-um, a defence. 
Sax'-urU; a rock, 
Scep'-trunij a sceptre. 
Tem'-plum; a temple. 



53. Vir, a man, and its compouncE, (the only nouns 
in ir,) are declined like gener. 

54. Proper names in ius, omit e in the vocative ; 
as, Horatius, Horati. So slsojilius, a son, hsisjili, 

55. Deus, a god, has deus in the vocative, and in 
the plural it has commonly dii and diis, instead of 
dei and dels. 

THIRD DECLENSION. 



BQ. The number of final letters in the third de* 
clension, is eleven. Four are vowels — ■«, e, i, o ; and 
seven are consonants — c, Z, n, r, 5, t, x. The num- 
ber of its final syllables exceeds fifty. 

The following- are examples of the most common forms of nouns 
of this declension, declined through all their cases. 

57. 

Honor, honor ; masc. Sermo, speech ; masc. 



lingular. Plaral. 

N. ho'-nor, ho-no'-res, 

G. ho-no'-ris, ho-no'-rum, 

D. ho-no^-ri, ho-nor^-i-bus, 

^c.ho-no'-rem, ho-no'-res, 

V. ho'-nor, ho-no'-res, 

Ab.ho-no^-re, ho-nor^-i-bus. 



Singular. 
N. ser'-mo, 



G. 



Plural. 
ser-mo'-nes, 



ser-mo'-nis, ser-mo'-num, 



Z>. ser-mo^-ni, ser-mon^-i-bus, 
Ac. ser-mo^-nem, ser-mo^-nes, 
V. ser'-mo, ser-mo'-nes, 

Ab. ser-mo'-ne, ser-mon'-i-bus. 



53. How is vir declined ? 

54. What nouns are excepted in tlje vocative singular ? 

55. What peculiarities in declension has deus? 

b^. What is the number of final letters and syllables in the third 
declension 1 

57. Deline honor, &c. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



31 



Rupes, a roch ; fem. 



Singular. 

N. ru^-peS; 
G. ru^-pis, 
D. ru'-pi, 
ylc. ru'-peiH; 
F. ru^-pes, 



Plural. 
ru'-pes, 
ru'-pi-um, 
ru^-pi-buS; 
ni^-pes, 
ru'-pes, 
ru'-pi-bus. 



Ars, art; fem. 



Singular. 
N. ars, 
G. arZ-tis, 
D. ar^ti, 
Ac. ai^-tem, 
V. ars, 
^Z>.ar'-te; 



Plural. 
ar'-tes, 
ar'-ti-um,* 
ar^-ti-bus, 
ar'-tes, 
ar^-les, 
ar'-ti-bus. 



Miles, a soldier; com. gen. 



Singular. 

N. mi'-les, 
G. mil'-itis, 
D. mil'-i-li, 
Ac. miK-i-tem, 
V. mi'-les, 
Ab. mil'-i-te, 



Plural. 

mil^-i-tes, 

mil'-T-tum, 

mi-lit^-i-bus, 

mil'-i-tes, 

iiiiK-i-tes, 

mi-lil'-i-bus. 



Pater, a father ; masc. 



Singular. 

N. pa'-ter, 
G. pa^-tris, 
J), pa'-tri, 
Ac. pa'-trem, 
V. pa'-ter, 
Ab. pa'-tre, 



Plural. 

pa^-tres, 

pa'-trum, 

pat^-ri-bus, 

pa'-tres, 

padres, 

pat^ri-bus. 



Turris, a tower ; fem. 

Siiigular. Plural. 

N. tur'-ris, tur'-res, 

G. tur^-ris, tur^-ri-um, 

D. tur^-ri, tur^-ri-bus, 

Ac. tur^-rem, tur^-res, 
V. lur'-ris, tur'-res, 

Ab. tur'-rC;, or n, tur'-ri-bus. 

Nox, night ; fem. 

Plural. 



Singular. 
N. nox, 
G. noc^-tis, 
-D. iioc'-ti, 
Ac. noc'-tem, 
V. nox, 
Ab. noc^-le, 



noc'-tes, 

noc^-ti-um,* 

noc^-ti'bus, 

noc^-teS; 

noc'-tes, 

noc'-ti-bus. 



Lapis, a stone ; fem. 



Singular. 

N. la^ pis, 
G. lap^-i-dis, 
D. lap^-i-di, 
Ac. lap^-i-deni; 
V. la^-pis, 
Ab. lap'-i-de, 



Plural. 

lap^-i-des, 

}ap'-i-dum, 

la-pid'-i-bus, 

lap^-i-des, 

lap'-i-des, 

la-pid^-i-bus. 



Virgo, a virgin ; fem. 

Singular. Plural. 

N. vir'-go, vir'-gi-nes, 

G. vir'-gi-nis, vir'-gi-nura, 

D. vir'-gi-ni, vir-gin'-i-bus, 

Ac. vir'-gi-nem, vir'-gi-nes, 

V. vir'-gO; vir'-gi-nes, 

Ab. vir'-gi-ne^ vir-gin'-i-bus. 



^ Pronounced ar'-she-um, nod-she-mn. 



32 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



Sedile, a seat ; neut. 

Plural. 



Singular. 

N. se-dlMe, 
G. se-di'-Iis, 
D. se-cli'-]i> 
Ac. se-di'-le^ 
V. se-di' le^ 
Ab. se-di'-li, 



se-dil'-i-a, 

se-dil'-i-am, 

se-dil'-i-bus^ 

se-dil'-i-a, 

se-diK-i-a; 

se-dil'-i-bus. 



Carmen, a verse ; neut. 



Singular. 

N. car'-men, 
G. car'-ml-nis^ 
D. car''-mi-ni^ 
Ac. car'-men, 
V. car^-men, 
u4^, car^-mi-ne. 



Plural. 

car'-mi-na, 

car'-mi-num, 

car-min'-i-bus, 

car'-mi-na, 

car'-mi-na, 

car-min^-i-bus. 



Iter, a journey ; neut. 



Animal, an animal ; neut. 

Singular. Plural. 

N. an'-i-mal, an-i-ma'-li-a, 

G. an-i-ma'-lis; aii-i-ma^-li-um, 

D. an-i-ma'-li^ an-i-maK-i-bus, 

^c. an'-I-mal, an-i-ma^-li-a, 

V. an'-i-mal, an-i-ma'-li-a^ 

Ab. an-i-ma'-li, an-i-maF-i-bus. 

Opus, a work ; neut. 



Singular. 
N. o'-pus, 
G. op'-e-ris, 
D. op'-e-ri, 
Ac. o'-pus, 
V. o^-pus, 
^Z>. op'-e-rC; 



Plural, 
op'-e-ra, 
op'-e-rum, 
o-per'-i-bus^ 
op'-e-ra^ 
op'-6-ra, 
o-per'-i-bus. 



Caput, ahead; neut. 



Singular, 


Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


N. i^-ter, 


i-tin'-e-ra, 


N". ca^-put, 


cap'-i-ta, 


G. i-tin'-e-ris, 


i-tin'-e-rum, 


G. cap'-i-tis, 


cap^-i-tum, 


D. i-tin^-e-ri, 


it-i-ner'-i-bus, 


D. cap'-i-ti, 


ca-pit^-i-bus, 


Ac. i'-ter, 


i-tin^-e-ra, 


^c.ca'-put, 


cap'-i-ta, 


V. i^ter, 


i-tin'-e-ra. 


V. ca'-put, 


cap^-i-ta, 


Ab. i-tin^-e-re, 


it-i-ner'-i-bus. 


Ab. cap'-i-te^ 


ca-pit'-i-bus. 



Singular. 
po-e'-ma, 
po-em'-a-tis, 
po-em^-a.-ti, 



Poema, a poem ; neut. 

Plural. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
Ac. 

V, po-e'-ma, 
Ab, po-em'-2l-te, 



'-a-tis. 



po-e^-ma 



po-em^-a-ta, 

po-em^-a-tum, 

po-e-mat'-i-bus, or po-en 

po-em'-a-ta, 

po-em^-a-ta, 

po.e-mat'-i-bus, or po-em'-S-tis. 



THIRD DECLENSION. GENDER. 33 

Rules for the Gender of Nouns of the Third De- 
clension. 

MASCULINES. 

58. Nouns ending in (?, er, or, es increasing in the 
genitive, and os, are masculine. 

59. Exc. 1. — Nouns in io are feminine, when they 
signify things incorporeal ; as, ratio^ reason. 

60. Exc. 2. — Nouns in do and^o, of more than two 
syllables, are feminine; as, arundo, a reed; imago, 
an image. 

FEMINIZES. 

61. Nouns ending in as, es not increasing in the 
genitive, is, ys, s preceded by a consonant, and x, are 
feminine. 

62. Exc. 1, — Latin nouns in nis are masculine or 
doubtful ; as, ignis, fire. 

63. Exc. 2. — Dens,fons, mons, and "pons, are mas- 
culine. 

64. Exc. 3. — -Most nouns in ex are masculine. 

NEUTERS. 

65. Nouns ending in a, e, i, c, I, n, t, ar, ur, and 
us, are neuter. 

58. What nouns of the third declension are masculine 1 

59. What nouns in io are accepted ? 

60. What nouns in do and go are accepted ? 

61. What nouns of the third declension are feminine ? 

62. What nouns in is are excepted ? 

63. What nouns in * preceded by a consonant are excepted ? 

64. What nouns in x are excepted 1 

6o. What nouns of the third declension are neuter ? 



34 THIRD DECLENSION. GENITIVE. 

66. Exc. 1. — Nouns in n, except those in 7nen, are 
masculine ; as, canon, a rule. 

67. Exc. 2. — Nouns in us, having utis, or udis, in 
the genitive, are feminine ; as,juventus, youth ; incus, 
an anvil. 



Rules for the Oblique Cases of Nouns of the Third 
Declension. 



GENITIVE SINGULAR. 

68. Nouns in a form their genitive in dtis ; as, di- 
a-de'-ma, di-a-dtm' -a-tis , a crown. 

69. Nouns in c change c into is ; as, rc'-tc, re'-tis, 
a net. 

70. Nouns in o form their genitive in onis ; as, 
ser'-mo, ser-vio'-nis, speech. 

71. Exc. — Nouns in do and go, of more than two 
syllables, form their genitive in mis ; as, a-run'-do, 
a-run'-di-nis, a reed ; i-md'-go, i-mag'-i-nis, an im- 

72. Nouns in I, n, and r, form their genitive by 
adding is ; as, con'-sul, con'-su-lis, a consul ; ca'-non, 
can'-b-nis, a rule ; ho'-nor, ho-no'-ris, honor. 

73. Exc. 1. — Neuters in en form their genitive in 
mis ; as, jiu'-men, jiu'-mi-nis, a river. 



66. What nouns in n are excepted ? 

67. What nouns in us are excepted ? 

68. How do nouns in a form their genitive ? 

69. How do nouns in e form their genitive ? 

70. How do nouns in o form their g-enitive ? 

71. What nouns in do and go are excepted ? 

72. How do nouns in n, /, and r form their g-enitive ? 

73. What nouns in n are excepted ? 



THIRD DECLENSION. GENITIVE. 35 

74. Exc. 2. — Nouns in ter drop e in the genitive ; 
as, pa'-ter^ pa'-tris, a father. So also imber, a shower, 
and names of months in ber ; as, Oc-to'-her^ Oc-to'- 
hris. 

75. Nouns in as form their genitive in dtis ; as, 
cc'-tas^ (B'td'-tis, age. 

76. Nouns in es form their genitive by changing es 
into is^ itiSy or etis ; as, ru'-pcs, ru'-pis, a rock; mi'- 
les, mil'-i-tis, a soldier ; se'-ges, seg'-e-tis, growing 
corn. 

77. Nouns in is have their genitive the same as the 
nominative ; as, au'-ris^ au'-ris, the ear. 

78. Nouns in os form their genitive in oris or dtis; 
?iS,JloSjJlo''riSj a flower; ne'-pos, ne-po'-tis, a grand- 
child. 

79. Nouns in us form their genitive in eris or oris ; 
as, ge'-nus, gen'-e-ris, a kind ; tem'-pus, tem'-po-risy 
time. 

80. Nouns in 5, with a consonant before it, form 
their genitive by changing 5 into is or tis; as, trahs, 
tra'-bis, a beam ; pars, pai^'-tis, a part. 

81. Nouns in x form their genitive by changing x 
into 6/5 or gis ; 3.8, vox, vo'-cis, the voice; con'-jux, 
coa'-^jii'gis, a spouse. 

8'^. Exc. — Nouns in ex, of more than one syllable, 
form their genitive in icis ; as, pol'-lex, pol'-li-cis, the 
thumb. 



74. What nouns in r are excepted ? 

75. How do nouns in as form iheir genitive ? 

76. How do nouns in es form their genitive ? 

77. How do nouns in is form their genitive ? 

78. How do nouns in os form their genitive ? 

79. How do nouns in us form their genitive ? 

80. How do nouns in 5 with a consonant before it, form their 
genitive ? 

81. How do nouns in x form their genitive ? 

82. What nouns in co; are excepted ? 



36 THIRD DEC. ACCUSATIVE. ABLATIVE. 



ACCUSATIVE SINGULAR. 

83. Some Latin nouns in is, which do not increase 
in the genitive, have im; and some Greek nouns have 
irUj illy or a. 

ABLATIVE SINGULAR. 

. 84. Neuters in e, al, and ar, have the ablative in i ; 
as, sedile, sedili ; animal, animdli ; calcar, calcdri. 

85. Nouns which have im or in in the accusative, 
and names of months in er and is, have i in the abla- 
tive ; as, vis, vim, vi ; December, Decembri ; Aprllis, 
Ajprlli. 

86. Nouns which have em or m in the accusative, 
have their ablative in e or i; as, turris, turre or tur- 
ri. 

GENITIVE PLUE^AL. 

87. Nouns which, in the ablative singular, have i 
only, or e and i, make the genitive plural in ium ; as, 
sedile, sedili, sedilium ; turris, turre or turri, turriuvi. 

88. Nouns in es and is, which do not increase in 
the genitive singular, have ium ; as, nuhes, nuhium ; 
hostis, liostium, 

89. Monosyllables ending in two consonants have 
ium in the genitive plural ; as, urbs, urbium ; gens, 
gentium. 

83. What nouns have im in the accusative ? 

84. What neuters have i in the ablative 1 

85. What other nouns have i in the ablative ? 

86. What nouns have their ablative in e or z ? 

87. What is the first class of nouns which make ium la the geni- 
tive plural ? 

88. What is the second class ? 

89. What is the tjyrd class ? 



FOURTH DECLENSION. 



37 



90. Nouns of two or more syllables, in- ns or rs, and 
names of nations in as, have commonly turn; as, 
cliens, clientium ; Arpinas, Arpinatium. 

91. 



Singular, 


Singular. 


Plural. 


N. Ju'-pi-ter, 


N. vis, 


vi^-res, 


G. Jo'-vis, 


G, vis. 


vir'-i-um, 


D. Jo'-vi, 


D. — 


vir^-i-bus, 


Ac. Jo'-vem, 


Ac. vim, 


vi'-res, 


V. Ju'-pi-ter, 


V. vis, 


vi'-res, 


Ab. Jo'-ve. 


Ab. vi, 


virM-bus. 



FOURTH DECLENSION. 



92. Nouns of the fourth declension end in us, and 
u. Those in us are masculine; those in u are neu- 
ter, and indeclinable in the singular number. 

93. 

Fructus, fruit. Cornu, a horn. 



Singular. 
N. fruc'-tus, 
G. fruc'-tijis, 
D. fruc'-tu-i,* 
Ac. fruc'-tum, 
V. frue'-tus, 
Ab. fruc'-iu, 



Plural. 
fruc'-tus, 
fruc'-lu-um, 
fruc^-tibus, 
fruc'-tus, 
fruc'-tus, 
fruc'-ti-bus. 



Singular. 
N. cor^-nu, 
G. cor'-nu, 
D. cor'-nu, 
^c. cor^-nu, 
V. cor'-nu, 
Ab.cor'-n\if 



Plural. 
cor'-iiu-a, 
cor'-nu-um, 
cor'-ni-bus, 
cor'-nu-a, 
cor^-nu-a, 
cor'-ni-bus. 



In like manner decline 



Can'-tus, a song. 
Cur'-rus, a chariot. 
Ex-er'-ci-tus, an army. 
Fluc'-tus, a wave. 



Mo'-tus, motion. 
Se-na'-tus, the senate. 
Ge'-lu, ice, 
Ve'-ru, a spit. 



90. What is the fourth class ? 

91. Decline Jupiter^ and vis, strength. 

92. How do nouns of the fourth declension end ? 

93. DecUne fructus — cornu. 

♦Pronounced frtict'-yuij or fi-uc'^tshu-it &c, 

3 



38 FIFTH DECLENSION. 

Exceptions in Gender. 

94. The following are feminine : 

AcaS; a needle. ManuS; a hand. 

Domus, a house. PorlicuS; a gallerij. ' 

FicuS; a Jig. TribuS; a tribe. 

Exceptions in Declension. 

95. Domus, a house, is partly of the fourth declen- 
sion, and partly of the second. It is thus declined : 

Singular. Plural. 

N. Do'-mus, do^-muS; 

G. do'-mus, or do'-mi, dom'-u-um, or do-mo'-runi; 

D. dom'-u-i; or do'-mO; dom'-i-bus, 

Ac. do^-muni;, do'-mus^ or do'-mos, 

V. do'-mus, do'-mus, 

Ab. do'-mo; dom^-i-bus. 

96. The following nouns have uhus in the dative 
and ablative plural : 

AcuS; a needle. LacuS; a lake. SpecuS; a den. 

ArcuS; a boio. Partus, a birth. TribuS; a tribe. 

ArtuS; a Joint. Pecu, ajiock. 

Genu^ a knee ; portus, a harbor ; tomtrus, thun- 
der ; and veru^ a spit, have thus or ubus. 

FIFTH DECLENSION. 

97. Nouns of the fifth declension end in es, and 
are of the feminine gender. 

■ 94. What nouns of this declension are feminine ? 

95. How is domus declined ? 

96. What nouns are excepted in the dative and ablative plural ? 

97. How do nouns of the fifth declension end ? 





ADJECTIVES. 






98. 




Res, 


a thing. 


Dies, 


a day. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular, 


Plural. 


N. res, 


res. 


N. di'-es, 


di'-es, 


G. re'-i, 


re'-rum, 


G. di-e^i, 


. di-e'-rum 


D. re^-i, 


re^-bus, 


D. di-e^-i, 


di-e^-bus, 


Ac. rem, 


res, 


^c. di^em, 


di^-es, 


V. res, 


res, 


V. di^-es, 


di'-es. 


Ab. re, 


re'-bus. 


yl6. di'-e, 


di-e'-bus. 



39 



99. Dies, a day, is masculine or feminine in the 
singular, and always masculine in the plural ; meridies, 
mid-day, is masculine only. 



ADJECTIVES. 

100. An adjective is a word which qualifies or 
limits the meaning of a substantive. 

101. Adjectives are declined like substantives, and 
are either of the first and second declension, or of the 
third only. 



ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DE- 
CLENSION. 

102. The masculine of adjectives belonging to the 
first and second declension, ends either in us or er. 

103. Adjectives of the first and second declension 
form their feminine and neuter genders by adding a 

98. Decline res — dies. 

99. What nouns of the fifth declension are excepted in gender ? 

100. What is an adjective ? 

101. How are adjectives declined 1 

102. How does the masculine of adjectives of the first and second 
declension end ? 

-103. How are the fenninine and neuter formed ? 



40 ADJECTIVES FIRST AND SECOND DEC. 

and um to the root of the masculine ; as, bonus, root 
hon, fern, bona, neut. bonum ; piger, gen. pigri, root 
pigr, fern, pigra, neut. pigrum, 

104. The masculine in us is declined like dominus; 
that in er like gener, or ager ; the feminine always 
like musa ; and the neuter like regnum. 

105. Bonus, good. 

Singular. 





Masc. 


Fein. 


J^eut. 


N. 


bo'nus. 


bo'-na, 


bo'-num, 


G. 


bo'-ni, 


bo'-nae, 


bo'-ni, 


D. 


bo^-no*, 


■ bo'-nse, 


bo'-no, 


Ac. 


bo'-num, 


bo'-nam, 


bo'-num, 


V. 


bo'-ne, 


bo'-na, 


bo^-num, 


Ab. 


bo'-no, 


bo'-nel, 

Plural. 


bo'-no, 


N. 


bo'-ni, 


bo^-nae, 


bo'-na, 


G. 


bo-no'-runi; 


bo-na'-rum, 


bo-no'-rum, 


D. 


bo'-nis, 


bo'-nis, 


bo'-nis, 


Ac. 


bo'-nos, 


bo'-nas, 


bo^-na. 


V. 


bo'-ni, 


bo^-nse, 


bo^-na, 


Ab. 


bo^-nis. 


bo'-nis. 


bo'-nis. 



In like manner decline 

Al'-tus, high. Fi'-dus, faithful. Lon^-g-us, long. 

A-va'-rus, covetous. Im'-pro-bus, wicked. P]e' nus, full. 
Be-nig^-nus, kind. In-I'-quus, unjust. Tac'-i-tus^ silent. 



US. 



106. Like bonus are also declined all participles in 



104. How are adjectives of the first and second declension de- 
clined ? 

105. Decline the masculine of bonus~r-ihe feminine — the neu- 
ter. 

106. What participles are declined like bonus ? 



ADJECTIVES FIRST AND SECOND DEC. 



41 



107. Tener, tender. 



Masc. 

N. te'-ner, 

G. ten'-e-ri, 

D. ten'-e-ro, 

Ac. ten^-e-rum, 

V. te'-ner, 

Ab. ten'-e-ro; 



Singular. 

Fern. 
ten^-e-ra, 
ten'-e-rse^ 
ten'-e-rae, 
ten'-e-ram, 
ten^-e-ra, 
ten^-e-rd; 

Plural. 



JV*. ten^-e-ri, ten^-e-rse, 

G. ten-e-ro^-rum, ten-e-ra'-rum. 

D. ten'-e-riS; ten'-e-ris, 

Ac. ten'-e-ros, ten'-e-ras, 

V. ten'-e-ri; ten'-e-rae; 

Ab. len'-e-ris. ten'-e-ris. 



ten 
ten 
ten 
ten 
ten' 
ten- 



JSTeuU 

/-e-rum, 

^-e-ri, 

'-e-ro, 

^-e-rum, 

/-e-rum, 

^-e-ro, 



ten'-e-ra, 

ten-e-ro'-rum, 

ten'-e-riS; 

ten^-e-ra, 

ten^-e-ra, 

ten^-e-ris. 



In like manner are declined 



As^-per, rough. 
Ce'-ter, the rest. 
Ex'-ter, foreign. 



Gib'-ber, crook-backed. 
La'-cer, torn. 
Li^-ber, free. 



Mi^-ser^ wretched. 
Pros'-per, prosperous. 
Saf-tur, full. 



108. Other adjectives in er drop e in declension. 



109. Piger, slothful. 

Singular, 



Masc. 


Fern. 


J^Teut. 


N. ipi'-ger, 


pi'-gra, 


pi'-grum, 


G. ipi'-gri, 


pi'-grae, 


Pi'-gri, 


D. pi'-gro, 


pi^-grse, 


pi'-gro, 


Ac. pi^-gruni; 


pi'-gram, 


pi^-grum; 


V. pi'-ger, 


pi'-gra, 


pi'-grum; 


Ab. pi'-gro, 


pi'-gra, 


pi^-gro, 


107. Decline the masculine of tener— 


-the feminine — the neuter. 



108. How are other adjectives in er declined ? 

109. Decline the masculine oi piger — the feminine — the neuter. 

*3 



42 



ADJECTIVES THIRD DECLENSION. 



A*^. pi^-gri, 

G. pi-gro'-rum^ 

D. pi'-gris, 

Ac. pi'-groS; 

V. pi'-gri, 

Ab. pi^-gris. 



Plural. 

pi^-grse, 

pi-gra^-rum, 

pi'-gris, 

pi'-gras, 

pi'-grae, 

pi^-gris. 



pi'-gra, 

pi-gro'-runi; 

pl'-gris, 

pi'-gra, 

pi'-gra, 

pi'-gris. 



In like manner decline 

JEi^-ger, sick. In'-te-ger, entire. 

A^-ter, black. Ni'-ger, black. 

Cre'-ber^ frequent. Pul'-cher, fair. 

110. Unus, one. 

Sins^ular. 



Ra'-ber, red. 
Sa'-cer, sacked. 
Si-nis'-teF; left. 



Masc. 
N. u'-nus, 
G. u-ni'-uS;* 
D. uMii, 
Ac. u'-nuni; 
V. u'-ne, 
Ab. u' no, 



-na^ 

ni'-uS; 

-ni, 

nam, 
-na, 

na, 



JVeiLt. 
u'-num, 
u-ni'-us, 
u'-ni, 
u'-nuni;, 
u'-nuni; 
u'-no. 



The plural is regular, like that of bonus. 
In like manner decline 

Alius, another. Solus, alone. Ullus, any. 

Nullus, no one. Totus, whole. Alter, the other, 

also, uter, and its compounds j as, neuter, neither 5 uterque, each, &c. 

Remark. — Alius has aliud in the nominative singular neuter, 
and in the genitive alius, contracted for aliius. 



ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 

111. Some adjectives of the third declension have 
three terminations in the nominative singular ; some 
two ; and others only one. 

110. Decline the masculine of unus — the feminine — the neuter. 

111. How many terminations have adjectives of the third dec? 

* See Orthoepy, No. 15. 



ADJECTIVES THIRD DECLENSION. 



43 



112. I. Those of three terminations end in cr, 
masc. ; isj fern. ; and c, neut ; and are thus declined : 

113. Acer, sharp. 







Singular. 






Masc. 


Fern. 


J^eut. 


N. 


a^-cer, 


a'-cris, 


a'-cre, 


G. 


a'-cris, 


a^-cris; 


a'-cris; 


D. 


a'-cri^ 


a'-cri, 


a'-cri, 


Ac. 


a'-crem^ 


a'-crem, 


a'-cre, 


V. 


a'-cer, 


a^-crls; 


a'-cre, 


Ab. 


a'-cri; 


a'-cri; 
Plural. 


a'-cri; 


N, 


a^-creS; 


a'-cres, 


a'-cri-a, 


G. 


a'-cri-um, 


a'-cri-um, 


a'-cri-um, 


D. 


ac'-ri-buS; 


ac'-ri-buS; 


ac'-ri-bus, 


Ac. 


a'-cres, 


a'-cres; 


a'-cri-a. 


V. 


a'-cres, 


a' creS; 


a'-cri-a. 


Ab. 


ac'-ri-bus. 


ac^-ri-bus. 


ac'-ri-bus. 



In like manner are declined the following only : 



Al'-a-cer, cheerful. 
Cam-pes'-ter, of a plain. 
CeF-e-ber, famous. 
E-ques'-te'r, equestrian. 
Pa-lus'-ter, marshy. 



Pe-des'"ter, on foot. 
Sa-lu'-ber, wholesome. 
Sil-ves'-ter, woody. 
Ter-res'-ter, terrestrial. 
Vol'-u-cer, ivino-ed. 



Remark. — The nominative sing-ular masculine sometimes ends 
in is, like the feminine 3 as, saluber, or salubris. 



114. II. Adjectives of two terminations end in 25 
for the masculine and feminine, and e for the neuter, 
except comparatives, which end in or and us. 



112. How do those of three terminations end ? 

113. Decline acer in the masculine — in the feminine — in the 
neuter. 

114. How do adjectives of two terminations end ? 

t3 



44 ADJECTIVES THIRD DECLENSION. 

115. Mitis, mild. 





S 


ingular. 




Plural. 




M. Sf F. 


JV. 


M. 4- F. 


jvr; 


N. 


mi'-tis, 


mi^-te, 


N. mi'-les, 


mii'-i-a,* 


G. 


mi'-tiS; 


mi'-tis; 


G. mit'-i-um,* 


mit'-i-um^ 


D. 


mi'-ti, 


mi^-ti; 


D. mil' i-buS; 


mit'-i-bus; 


Ac 


. mi'-tem^ 


mi^-te; 


Ac. mi'-tes; 


mitM-a, 


V, 


mi'-tiS; 


mi^-te, 


V. mi^-tes, 


mit'-i-a, 


Ab 


. mi'-ti; 


mi'-ti; 


^^.mit'-i-bus. 


mit^-i-bus. 



In like manner decline 

Ag'-i-lis, active. Dul'-cis^ sweet. In-coF-u-mis, safe. 

Bre'-vis, short. Fcr'-tis, brave. Mi-rab^-i-lis, wonderful. 

Cru-de'-Iis, cruel. Gra^-vis, heavy. Om^-nis, all. 

Tres, three, is declined like the plural of mitis, 

116. All comparatives except plus, more, are de- 
clined like 

117. Mitior,* milder. 



N. 


Singular. 
M. Sf F. 
mit'-i-or, 


mit^-i-us, 


G. 


mit-i-o'-riS; 


mit-i-o'-ris^ 


D. 


mit-i-o'-ri; 


mit-i-o^-ri; 


Ac. 


mit-i-o'-rem, 


mit^-i-us, 


V. 


mit'-i-or, 


mit'-i-us, 


Ab. 


mil-i-o'-re, or ri, 


mit i-o'-re; or x\, 


N. 


Plural. 
M. ^ F. 
mit-i-o'-res, 


J\r. 
mit-i-o^-ra; 


G. 


mit-i-o'-runi; 


mit-i-6'-rum, 


D. 


mit-i-or'-i-buS; 


mit-i-or'-i'buS; 


Ac. 


mit-i-o'-reS; 


mit-i-o'-ra, 


V. 


mit-i-o'-reS; 


mil-i-o'-ra, 


Ab. 


mit-i-or'-i-bus. 


mit-i-or'-i-bus. 


115. Decline 


mitis in the masciiline 


and feminine — in the neuter. 



116. How are comparatives declined ? 

117. Decline mitior in the masculine and feminine — in the neuter, 

* Pronounced mish'-e-um. «Scc. 



ADJECTIVES THIRD DECLENSION. 45 

In like manner decline 

Al^-ti-or, higher. Fe-lic' i-or, happier. Gra'-vi-or, heavier. 
Bre'-vi-or; shorter. For-li'-or, braver. U-be^-ri-or, more fertile, 

118. Plus, more, is thus declined : 

Singular. Plural. 

JV. M. ^ F. JV. 

N. plus, N. p]u^-res, plu^-ra, 

G. plu'-ris, G. pla'-ri-um, plu'-ri-um, 

D. D. plu'-ri-bus; plu'-ri-bus, 

Ac. plus, Ac. plu'res, plu'-ra, 

V. V. 

Ab. Ab. plu'-ri-bus. plu'-ri-bus. 



119. III. Adjectivesof one termination increase in 
the genitive, and are declined like 





120. Felix, happy. 




Singular. 






M.SfF. 


JV. 


iV. 


fe^lix, 


fe'-lix, 


G. 


fe-ii^-cis, 


fe-li'-ciS; 


D. 


fe-ll'-ci, 


fe-li'-ci, 


Ac. 


fe-li^-cem, 


fe'-lix, 


V. 


feMix, 


feMix, 


Ab. 


fe-li'-ce; or ci. 

Plural. 


fe-ll'-ce, or ci, 


N. 


fe-li'-ceS; 


fe-lic'-i-a,* 


G. 


fe-iic'-i-um,* 


fe-lic'-i-um, 


D. 


fe-lic^i-bus, 


fe-lic'-i-bus, 


Ac. 


fe-ll'-ces, 


fe-licM-a/ 


V. 


fe-lr'-ceS; 


fe-lic'-i-a, 


Ab. 


fe-lic^-i-bus. 


fe-lic'-i-bus. 



118. Decline plus. 

119. How are adjectives of one declension declined ? 

120. Decline /e/ij: in the masculine and feminine — in the neuter. 

* Pronounced fe-lish'-e-um, &.c. 

$3 



46 NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 

121. Tr^sens, present, 

Smgular. 





J\L 4- F. 


JV. 


N. 


pree'-sens, 


prse'-sens, 


G. 


prse-sen'-tis; 


prse-sen'-tiS; 


D. 


prse-sen'-ti, 


prae-sen'-ti, 


Ac. 


prae-sen'-teni; 


prae'-sens^ 


V, 


prse'-sens, 


pree'-senS; 


AK 


pree-sen'-te, or ti, 

Plural 


prse-sen^-te; or \\ 


N. 


prse-sen'-tes, 


prse-sen'-li-a;* 


G. 


prse-sen'-ti-um^ 


prse-sen'-ti-um, 


D. 


prse-sen'-ti-buS; 


prae-sen'-ti-bus. 


Ac. 


prse-sen'-tes, 


prae-sen'-ti-a; 


V. 


prae-sen'-tes, 


pree-sen'-ti-a. 


Ab. 


prss-sen'-ti-buS; 


pree-sen'-ti-bus. 



In like manner decline 

Au'-daX; -acis, bold. Par^-ti-ceps, -i\>\s, participants 

Fe'-rox, -oc\s, fierce. So'-lers^ -tis, shrewd. 

In'-g-enS; -lis, huge. Sos^-peS; -ids, safe, gen. pi. wwr, 

122. All present participles are declined like prcB- 



NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 

123. Numeral adjectives are those which denote 
number. 

124. Numeral adjectives are divided into three 
principal classes — Cardinal, Ordinal, and Distribu- 
tive, 

121. Decline prcesens in the masculine and feminine — in the 
neuter. 

122. What participles are declined like prsesens ? 

123. What are numeral adjectives ? 

124. Into what classes are numeral adjectives divided ? 

* Pronounced pre-sen'-she-a, &c. 



NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 



47 



125. Cardinal numbers are those which answer the 
question. ^' How many?" as, unus, &/C. 

126. Ordinal numbers are such as denote order or 
rank, as, primus, &lc. 



127. Cardinal. 


128. Ordinal. 


1. 


Unus, one. 


PrimuS;^r5^. 


2. 


Duo, two, &c. 


SecunduS; second, &c. 


3. 


Tres. 


Tertius. 


4. 


Quatuor. 


Quartus. 


5. 


Quinque. 


Quinlus 


6. 


Sex. 


Sextus. 


7. 


Septem. 


Septimus. 


8. 


Octo. 


Octavus. 


9. 


Novem. 


Nonus. 


10. 


Decern. 


Decimus. 


11. 


Uridecim. 


Undecimus. 


12. 


Duodecim. 


Duodecimus. 


13. 


Tredecim. 


Tertius decimus. 


14. 


Qualuordecim. 


Quartus decimus. 


15. 


Qulndecim. 


Quintus decimus. 


16. 


Sedecim, or- sexdecim. 


Sextus decimus. 


17. 


Septendecim. 


Septimus decimus. 


18. 


Duodeviginli. 


Octavus decimus. 


19. 


Novendecim. 


Nonus decimus. 


20. 


Viginti. 


VIcesimuS; or vigesimus. 



21 



30. 
40. 
50. 
60. 
70. 



100. 
200. 



C Viginiti unus, or ") 
I unus et viginti. ) 
C Viginti duo, or "> 

\ duo et viginti, &c. 5 



Triginta. 

Quadraginta. 

Quinquaginta. 

Sexaginta. 

Septuaginta. 

Ootoginta. 

Nonaginta. 

Centum. 

Ducenti, -se, -a. 



Vicesiraus primus. 

Vicesimus secundus. 

Tricesimus, or trigesimus. 

Quadragesimus. 

Quinquagesimus. 

Sexagesimus. 

Septuagesimus. 

Octogesimus. 

Nonagesimus. 

Centesimus. 

Ducentesimus. 



125. Define cardinal numbers. 

126. Define ordinal numbers. 

127. Repeat the cardinal numbers. 

128. Repeat the ordinal numbers. 



48 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 



300. 


Trecenti. 


Trecentesr 


mus. 


400. 
500. 
600. 


Quadringenti. 

Quingenti. 

Sexcenti. 


Quadringentesimus. 

Quingentesimus. 

Sexcentesimus. 


700. 

800. 

900. 

1000. 


Septing-enti. 
Octingenti. 
Nongenti. 
Mille. 


Septingentesimus. 
Octingentesimus. 
Nongentesimus. 
Millesimus. 


2000, 


Duo millia, or bis mi 


lie. Bis millesimus. 






129. Duo 


' is thus declined : 








Plural. 






N. 


Masc. 
du^-o, 


Fern. 
du'..8e, 


J^eut. 
du'-o, 




G. 


du-o'-runi; 


du-a'-ruffl; 


du-o'-rum, 




D. 


du-o'-buS; 


du-a'-buS; 


du-o^-bus, 




Ac. 


du'-os, or dii' 


-0; du'-as^ 


du^-o, 




V. 


du'-o, 


du^ee, 


du'-o, 




Ab, 


du-o'-bus. 


du-a'-bus. 


du-o'-bus. 



130. Amho, both, is declined like duo. 

131. The cardinal numbers, from four to a hun- 
dred inclusive, are indeclinable. 

132. Those denoting hundreds, are declined like 
the plural of bonus. 

133. Ordinal numbers are declined like bonus. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

134. That form of an adjective which simply de- 
notes a quality, without reference to other degrees of 
the same quality, is called the "positive degree ; as, 
alius, high; mitis, mild. 

129. Decline duo in the masculine — in the feminine — in the neuter. 

130. What adjective is declined like d7io ? 

131. What cardinal numbers are indeclinable ? 

132. How are those denoting hundreds declined 1 

133. How are ordinal numbers declined ? 

134. What is meant by tne positive degree of an adjective ? 



ADJECTIVES IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 49 

135. The comparative denotes that the quality be- 
longs to one of two objects, or sets of objects, in a 
greater degree than to the others as, alitor , higher; 
mitior, milder. 

136. The superlative denotes that the quality be- 
longs to one object, or set of objects, in a greater de- 
gree than to any of the rest ; as, altissimus, highest ; 
mitissimus, mildest. 

137. They are formed either by peculiar termina- 
tions, or by prefixing to the positive the adverbs 
viagis^ more, and maxime, most* 

13S. The terminational comparative ends in ior, 
masc. ; ior, fem. ; ius, neut. The terminational su- 
perlative in issimus, issima, issimum. 

139. These terminations are added to the root of 
the positive ; as, altns, altior, aZ^issimus ; high, higher, 
highest ; luitis, mitior, mf^issimus ; mild, milder, mild- 
est ; felixj gen. felicis, feliciox, /e/zcissimus ; happy, 
happier, happiest. 



Arc^-tus, strait. Cru-de'-lis, cruel. 

Ca^pax, capacious, Cle'-mens, gen. -tis, merciful. 



In like manner compare 

Cru-de'-lis, cm 
IS, Cle'-mens, gen 

Ca'-ruS; dear. In'-ers, gen. -tis. 



IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 

140, Adjectives in er form their superlative by 
adding rimus to that termination ; as, acer, active ; 

135. What does the comparative degree denote ? 

136. What does the superlative degree denote 1 

137. How are the comparative and superlative degrees formed ? 

138. How do the terminational comparative and superlative end ? 

139. To what are the terminations of the comparative and su- 
perlative added ? 

140. How do adjectives in cr form their superlative.^ 



50 



ADJECTIVES IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 



gen. «cris ; comparative, acrior ; superlative, acer- 
rimus. 

141. Seven adjectives in lis form their superlative 
by adding Iimus to the root : 



FaciliS; 


facilior, 


facillimus, 


east/. 


Difficilis, 


difficilior. 


difficillimus, 


difficult. 


Gracilis, 


gracilioF; 


gracillimus, 


slender. 


Humilis, 


humilior^ 


humillimus, 


low. 


Imbecillis, 


imbecillior, 


imbecillimus, 


weak. 


Similis, 


simillor, 


simillimus, 


like. 


Dissimilis, 


dissimiiior, 


dissimiliimus^ 


unlike. 



142. These five have regular comparatives, but ir- 
regular superlatives : 



Dexter, dexterior, 

Extera, (fern.) exterior, 

Poslera, (fim.) posterior, 

Inferas, inferior, 

Superus, superior, 



dextimus, right. 

extimus, 07'extremus, outioard. 

postremus, or postumus, hind. 

infimus, or imus, low. 

supremus, or summus, high. 



143. The following are very irregular in compari- 
son : 



Bonus, 


melior. 


optimus, 


good, 


better, 


best. 


Malus, 


pejor, 


pessimus, 


bad, 


worse, 


worst. 


Magnus, 


major, 


maximus, 


great, 


greater, 


greatest. 


Parvus, 


minor. 


minimus. 


little, 


less. 


least. 


Multus, 




plurimus, ^ 








Multa, 




plurima, > 


much, 


more. 


most. 


Multum, 


plus. 


plurimum, j 








Nequam, 


, nequior, 


nequissimus, 


loorthless 






Frugi, 


frugalior 


, frugalissimus. 


frugal. 







Remark. — All these form their comparatives and superlatives 
from obsolete adjectives, except magnus, whose regular forms are 
contracted. 



141. What adjectives form their superlative in Hmus ? 

142. What five adjectives have regular comparatives, but irreg- 
ular superl atives ? 

143. Compare bonus — malus, &;c. 



DEFECTIVE COMPARISON. PRONOUNS. 51 



DEFECTIVE COMPARISON. 

144. Seven adjectives want the positive : 

Citerior, citimus, nearer. Prior, ^nmns, former. 

Deterior, deterrimus, worse. Propior, proximus, nearer. 

Interior, inlimus, inner. Ulterior, \3\\Xm\xs, farther. 
Ocior, ocissimus, swifter. 

145. The comparative and superlative may also be 
formed by prefixing to the positive the adverbs magisy 
more, and maxime, most ; as, idoneus, fit, magis ido- 
neus, more fit, maxime idoneus j most fit. 



PRONOUNS. 

146. A pronoun is a word which supplies the place 
of a noun. 

147. There are eighteen simple pronouns : 

Ego, J. Hic, this or he. Sums, his, hers, its, 6lc. 

Tu, thou. Is, that or he. Cujus ? whose? 

Sm, of himself, &LQ. Quis ? who? Noster, owr. 

IJle, that or he. Qui, who. Vester, your. 

Ipse, himself. Meus, m,y. Nostras, of our country. 

Iste, that or he. Tuus, thy. Cujas? ofivhatcountryl 

148. Pronouns are divided into two classes — sub- 
stantives and adjectives. 

149. Three — ego, tu, and sui — are substantives ; 
the remaining fifteen, and all the compound pronouns, 
are adjectives. 

144. Mention seven adjectives w^hicii want the positive. 

145. In what other way may the comparative and superlative be 
formed ? 

146. What is a pronoun ? 

147. How many simple pronouns are there in Latin ? 

148. Into what two classes are pronouns divided ? 

149. How many are substantives ? 



52 SUBSTANTIVE PRONOUNS. 

150. All the pronouns want the vocative, except 
tUy mens, noster, and nostras. 

151. The substantive pronouns take the gender of 
the objects which they denote. 

152. Ego is of the first person, tu of the second, 
and sui of the third. 



SUBSTANTIVE PRONOUNS. 
153. The substantive pronouns are thus declined : 

Singular. 
N. e^-go, I. tu, thou. 



G. me'-i, o/me. tu'-i, o/(Aee. puM o/ faW/, fter- 

^ ^ ^ -^ \ self, itself. 

D. mi^-hi, to me. tib'-i, to thee. sib'-i, to himself, &c. 

Ac. me, me. te, thee. se, himself, &c. 

V. tu, O thou. 



Ab. me, with me, te, with thee, se, with himself, &c. 

Plural. 
N. nos, loe. vos, ye or ijou. 



^ Cnos'-trflm,) 0/ ves'-.rtm, or ( ->/ ^^, themselves. 

\ ornos'-tri, 3 ^*' ves'-tri, ^ you. ' -^ 

D. no^-h\s, to us. \o^ h\s, to you. sib'-i, to themselves. 

Ac. nos, us. vos, you. se, themselves. 

V. vos, O ye or you. 



Ab. no^ -his, with us. vo' -bis, with you. se, vnth themselves. 

ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 

154. Adjective pronouns may be divided into the 
following classes : — demonstrative, intensive, relative, 
interrogative, indefinite, possessive, and patrial. 

150. What pronouns want the vocative ? 

151. Of what gender are ihe substantive pronouns? 

152. Of what person are the substantive pronouns ? 

153. DecWne ego — tu — sui. 

154. Into what classes are adjective pronouns divided ? 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 53 

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 

155. Demonstrative pronouns are such as specify 
vi^hat object is meant. 

156. They are ille, iste, JiiCy and is, and their com- 
pounds, and are thus declined : 

157. 







Singular. 






M. 


F. 


JV. 


N. 


il'-le, 


W-U, 


il/-]ud, 


G. 


il-li'-us,* 


il-li^-us, 


il-li'-us, 


D. 


iK-li, 


ilMi, 


iK-li, 


Ac. 


ilMum, 


ilMam, 


il'-]ud, 


V. 

Ab. 








il'-lo, 


ilMai, 


il'-lo, 






Plural. 




N. 


ilMi, 


ilMee, 


ilMa, 


G. 


il-lo'-rum, 


il-]a'-rum, 


il-lo'-runi; 


D. 


ilMis, 


il'-lis, 


ilMis, 


Ac. 


ilMos, 


ilMas, 


ilMa, 


V. 

Ab, 








il'-lis. 


iF-lis. 


il'-lis. 




158. Iste 


is declined like 
159. 

Singular. 


ille. 




M. 


F. 


jv. 


N, 


hie, 


hssc, 


hoc, 


G. 


hu'-juS; 


hu'-jus, 


hu'-jus, 


D. 


huic,t 


huic, 


huic, 


Ac. 


hunc, 


hanc, 


hoc, 


V. 








Ab. 


hoc, 


hac, 


hoc, 



155. What are demonstrative pronouns ? 

156. What pronouns are demonstrative 1 

151. Decline the masculine of z'ZZe — the feminine — the neuter. 

158. How is iste declined ? 

159. Decline the masculine of hie — the feminine — the neuter. 
* See Orthoepy, No. 15. f Pronounced hike. 



54 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 

Plural. 





M. 


F. 


JV. 


N. 


hi, 


hae, 


haec, 


G. 


ho^-rum; 


ha'-ruiii; 


ho'-rum 


D. 


hiS; 


his, 


his, 


Ac. 


hoS; 


has, 


haec, 


V. 









Ab. his. his. his. 

160. 

Singular. 





M. 




F. 




JV. 


N. 


is, 




e'-a, 




id. 


G. 


e^-jus. 




e'-jus. 




e'-jus. 


D. 


eM, 




e'-i. 




eM, 


Ac. 
V. 

Ab. 


e^-um, 




e^-am, 




id, 


e'-o, 




e'-^. 




e'-o, 








Plural. 






N. 


I'-i, 




e'-se, 




e'-a, 


G. 


e-o^-mm, 




e-a^-mm, 




e-o'-rum, 


D. 


i'-is or e' 


-is, 


i^-is or e' 


-is. 


i'-is or e'-is. 


Ac. 


e^-os, 




e'-as, 




e'-a, 


V. 












Ab. 


i'-is or e^ 


-is. 


i^-is or e' 


-is. 


i'-is or e'-is. 



161. The compound pronoun idem, the same, is thus 
declined : 







Singular. 






M. 


F. 


JV. 


N. 


i'-dem. 


e'-a-dem. 


i'-dem. 


G. 


e-jus'-dem, 


e-jus'-dem. 


e-jus'-dem, 


D. 


e-I'-dem, 


e-I'-dem, 


e-I'-dem, 


Ac. 


e-un'-dera. 


e-an'-dem. 


i'-dem, 


V; 








Ab. 


e-o'-dem, 


e-a'-dem, 


e-o'-dem, 



160. Decline the masculine of is — the feminine — the neu- 
ter. 

161. Decline the masculine of idem— the feminine — the neu- 
ter. 



INTE]>rSIVE PRONOUNS. 55 



Plural. 



M. F. j\r. 

N. i-I'-dem, e-ae'-dem, e'-a-dem, 

G. e-o-run'-dem, e-a-run'-dem, e-o-run'-dem, 

jry C e-is'-dem, o)- ) C e-is'-dem, or }^ C e-is'-dem, or 

I i-is'-dem, ) ( i-is^-dem, ) ( i-is^-dem, 

Ac. e-os^-dem, e-as^-dem. e'-a-dem, 

V. 



. , C e-is'-dem, or}^ C e-is'-dem, or ) C e-is'-de 
* I i-is'-dem. 3 ( i-is'-dem. ) ^ i-is'-^ 



dem, 
dem. 



I ^^ T E xN S I V E P R N O U r,' S . 

162. Intensive pronouns are such as serve to ren- 
der 'an object emphatic. 

T6S. To this class belongs i_pse, which is thus de- 
clined : 

164. 

Singular. 





M. 


F, 


JV. 


N. 


ip'-se, 


ip^-sa, 


ip'-sum^ 


G. 


ip-si'-us, 


ip-sp-us, 


ip-sl^-us. 


D. 


ip'-si, 


ip'-si, 


ip^-si, 


Ac. 


ip^-sutn, 


ip^-sam, 


ip'-sum, 


V. 









Ah. ip'-3o, ip'-sa, ip'-so, 

Plural. 

N. ip'-si, ip^-seS; ip^-sa, 

G. ip-so'-rum, ip-sa^-runi; ip-so^-ruiH; 

J). ip^-siS; ip'-sis, ip'-sis, 

Ac. ip'-sos, ip'-saS; ip'-sa, 

V. 



Ab. ip'-sis. ip'-sis. ip'-sis. 

1612. What are intensive pronouns ? 

163. What pronoun belongs to this class ? 

164. Decline ipse in the masculine — the feminin© — the neu- 



ter. 



56 RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 
RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

165. Relative pronouns are such as relate to a pre- 
ceding noun. 

166. They are qui, who, and the compounds qui- 
cunque and quisquis, whoever. 

167. Qui is thus declined : 







Singula7\ 






M, 


F. 


j\r. 


N. 


qui, 


quae, 


quod, 


G. 


CU'-jUS; 


cu'-jus, 


cu^-jus, 


D. 


cui,* 


cui, 


cui. 


Ac. 
V. 

Ab, 


quern, 


quam, 


quod. 


quo, 


qua, 


quo. 






Plural. 




N, 


qui, 


qiise, 


qu8e, 


G. 


quo'-rum. 


qua'-rum, 


quo' rum 


D. 


qui'-bus, 


qui'-bus, 


qui'-bus. 


Ac. 


quos, 


quas, 


quae, 


V. 








Ab. 


qui'-bus. 


qui'-bus. 


qui'-bus. 



INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 



168. Interrogative pronouns are such as serve to 
inquire which of a number of objects is intended. 
They are 



Quis ? ■) who ? 

Quisnam ? 5 '^hat? 

Qui ? > which ? 

Quinam? ^what? 



Ecquis ? ^ Cujus? whose? 

Ecquisnam 1 > is any one ? Cujas? of what 
Numquis? J country? 



165. What are relative pronouns 1 

166. Wiiat does this class include ? 

167. Decline qui in the masculine — the feminine — the neuter. 
\6^. What are interrogative pronouns t 

* Pronounced ki. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 67 

169. Quis and its compounds are used substan- 
tively ; qui and its compounds adjectively. Qui is 
declined like qui the relative. 

170. Quis is thus declined : 







Singular. 






M. 


F. 


JV. 


N. 


quis, 


quas, 


quid, 


G. 


cu^jus, 


cu'-jus, 


cu'-jus, 


D. 


cui^ 


cui, 


cui, 


Ac, 
V, 


quern, 


quam, 


quid, 


Ab. 


quo. 


qu^, 
Plural. 


. quo, 


N. 


qui, 


quae. 


quse. 


G. 

D. 


quo'-rum, 
qui'-bus, 


qua'-rura, 
qui'-bus. 


quo'-rum, 
qui'-bus, 


Ac. 
V. 


quos. 


quas, 


quae, 


Ab. 


qui'-bus. 


qui'-bus. 


qui'-bus. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 

171. Indefinite pronouns are such as denote an ob- 
ject, in a general manner, without indicating a par- 
ticular individual. They are 

Aliquls, some one. Quisquam, amj one. Quidam, a certain one, 

Siquis, if any. Quispiam, some one. Quilibet, ) any one you 

Nequis, lest any. Unusquisque, each. Quivis, ) please. 
Quisque, every one. 

169. What is the difference in the use of quis and qui, and of 
their compounds ? 

170. Decline quis in the masculine — in the feminine — in the 
Reuter. 

171. What are indefinite pronouns ? 



58 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 

172. Aliquis is thus declined : 

Singular. 

M. F. JV'. 

JV. al'-i-quis, al^-i-qua, al^-i-quod, or -quid, 

G, al-i-cu'-jus, al-i-cu'-jas, al-i-cu'-jus^ 

D. al'-i-cui; al'-i-ciiij al'-i-cni, 

Ac. al'-i-queni; al'-i-quam^ al'-i- quod, or -quid, 

Ab, al'-i-quo^ al'-i-qua; al'-i-quo, 

Plural. 

N. al'-i-qui, al'-i-qn??, aj'-i-qua, 

G, al-i-quo'-rum, ai-i-qua'-rum, al-i-quo'-rum^ 

D. a-liq'-ui-bus,^ a-liq'-ui-bus, a-]iq'-ui-buS; 

Ac. al'-i-quos, al'-i-quas, al'-i-qua, 

V. 

Ah. a-Iiq'-m-bus. a-liq'-ui-bus. a-liq'-ui-bus. 

173. Siquis and nequis are declined in the same 
manner. 

POSSESSIVE PPvONOUNS. 

174. The possessive are derived from the substan- 
tive pronouns, and from quis, and designate some- 
thing belonging to their primitives. 

175. They are mens, fuus, suus, Jioster, vester, and 
cujus. 

176. Mens, tuus, and suus, are declined like bonus, 

177. Mens has in the vocative singular masculine 
mi, and very rarely meus. 

172. Decline aliquis in the masculine — in the feminine — in the 
neuter. 

173. How are siquis and nequis declined ? 

174. What are possessive pronouns ? 

175. What pronouns are included in this class ? 

176. How are meus, tuus, and suus declined ? 

177. What is the vocative singular masculine of mews ? 

* Pronounced a-lik'-ice-Ui^. 



PATRIAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS. VERBS. 59 



PATRIAL PRONOUNS. 

178. Patrial pronouns are such as relate to one's 
country. 

179. These are nostras and cujas, 

180. They are declined like adjectives of one ter- 
mination ; as, nostras, nostrdtis. 



REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS. 

181. Reflexive pronouns are such as relate to the 
subject of the proposition in which they stand. 

182. The reflexives of the third person are sui 
and suus. Mens, tuus, noster, and vester, are also 
used reflexively, when the subject of the proposition 
is of the first or second person. 



VERBS. 

183. A verb is a word by which something is af- 
firmed of a person or thing. 

184. That of which any thing is affirmed is called 
the subject of the verb ; as, puer legit, the boy reads ; 
virtus lauddtur, virtue is praised. In these proposi- 
tions, puer, the boy, and virtus, virtue, are the sub- 
jects of the verbs. 

185. Verbs are either active or neuter. 



178. What are patrial pronouns ? 

179. What pronouns are patrial ? 

180. How are they declined ? 

181. What are reflexive pronouns ? 

182. Which pronouns are called reflexive ? 

183. What is a verb ? 

184. What is the subject of a verb ? 

185. Into what two classes may verbs be divided ? 

•4 



m 



60 VERBS MOODS. 

186. I. An active verb expresses such an action as 
requires the addition of an object to complete the 
sense ; as, amo te, I love thee. 

187. Most active verbs have two forms, which are 
called the active and the passive voices. 

188. A verb in the active voice represents the agent 
as acting upon some person or thing, called the object ; 
as, puer legit libitum, the boy is reading a book. 

189. A verb in the passive voice represents the ob- 
ject as being acted upon by the agent ; as, liber legi- 
tur apuero, a book is read by the boy. 

190. II. A neuter verb expresses such an action or 
state, as does not require the addition of an object to 
complete the sense ; as, equus currit, the horse runs ; 
ego sedeo^ I sit. 

191. Neuter verbs have in general only the form of 
the active voice. 

192. A deponent verb is an active or neuter verb, 
having only the form of the passive voice ; as, sequor, 
I follow ; morior, I die. 

193. Changes are made in the terminations of 
verbs to denote their different voices, moods, tenses, 
numbers wcid persons, 

MOODS. 

194. Moods are forms of the verb, denoting the 
manner of the action or state expressed by the verb. 

186. What is an active verb ? 

187. How^ many voices have active verbs ? 

188. Define the active voice. 

189. Define the passive voice. 

190. What is a neuter verb ? 

191. What form have neuter verbs ? 

192. What is a deponent verb ? 

193. For what purposes are changes made in the terminations of 
verbs 1 

194. What are moods ? 



VERBS TENSES. 61 

195. There are in Latin four moods — the indica- 
tive, the subjunctive, the imperative, and the injinitive, 

196. Tht indicative mood is that form of the verb 
which is used in independent and absolute assertions; 
as, amo, I love ; amdbo, I shall love. 

197. The subjunctive mood is that form of the 
verb which is used to express an action or state sim- 
ply as conc*nved by the mind; as, si wze obsecret, 
redibo ; if ho entreat me, I will return. 

198. The imperative mood is that form of the verb 
which is used in commanding, exhorting, or entreat- 
ing ; as, amu, love thou. 

.199. The injinitive mood is that form of the verb 
which is used to denote an action or state indefinitely, 
without limiting it to any person or thing as its sub- 
ject ; as, amdre, to love. 

TENSES. 

200. Tenses are. forms of the verb, denoting the 
times of the action or state expressed by the verb. 

201. Latin verbs have six tenses — the present, im- 
perfect, future, perfect, pluperfect, ^nd future perfect, 

202. The present tense represents an action as now 
going on, and not completed ; as, a7?io, I love, or am 
loving. 

203. The imperfect tense represents an action as 
going on at some past time, but not then completed ; 

195. How many moods are there in Latin 1 

196. Define the indicative mood. 

197. Define the subjunctive mood. 

198. Define the imperative mood. 

199. Define the infinitive mood. 

200. What are teases ? 

201. How many tenses have Latin verbs 1 

202. How does the 'present tense represent an action l 

203. How does the imperfect tense ? 

t4 



62 VERBS NUMBERS. 

as, arndbarrij I was loving. It also sometimes denotes 
repeated or customary past action ; as, legeham, I 
used to read, or I was wont to read. 

204. The future tense denotes that an action will 
be going on hereafter, without reference to its com- 
pletion ; as, amdbo, I shall love, or be loving, 

205. The -perfect tense represents an action either 
as just completed, or as completed in some indefinite 
past time ; as, mndvi, I have loved, or I loved. 

206. In the former sense, it is called the perfect 
definite ; in the latter, which is more common, it is 
called • the per/ec^ indefinite. 

207. The pluperfect tense represents a past action 
as completed, at or before the time of some other past 
action or event ; as, litteras scripseram, antequam 
nuncius venit ; I had 2vritten the letter, before the mes- 
senger arrived. 

208. The future perfect tense denotes that an ac- 
tion will be completed, at or before the time of some 
other future action or event ; as, cum coenavero, pro- 

ficiscar ; when / shall have supped^ I will go. 



NUMBERS. 

209. Numbers are forms of the verb, denoting the 
unity or plurality of its subject. 

210. Verbs, like nouns, have two numbers — the 
singular and the plural. 



204-. How (Joes the future tense represent an action ? 

205. How does the perfect tense ? 

206. In its former sense what is it called ? In its latter ? 

207. How does the plu-perfect tense represent an -action? 

208. How docs i\\e future per fectiQtiSQ 'i 

209. What are numbers 1 

210. How many numbers have verbs ? 



PERSONS, PARTICIPLES, CONJUGATION. 63 



PERSONS. 



211. Persons are forms of the verb, appropriated to 
the different persons of the subject, and accordingly 
called the first, second, and third persons. 



PARTICIPLES, GERUNDS, AND SUPINES. 

212. A participle is a word derived from a verb, 
and partaking of its meaning, but having the form of 
an adjective. 

213. Gerunds are verbal nouns, used only in the 
oblique cases, and expressing the action or state of 
the verb. 

214. Supines also are verbal nouns of the fourth 
declension, in the accusative and ablative singular; as, 
amdtum, to love; amdtu, to be loved. The supine in 
um is called the former supine; that in u, the latter. 



CONJUGATION. 

215. The conjugation of a verb is the regular for- 
mation and arrangement of its several parts, according 
to their voices, moods, tenses, numbers, and per- 
sons. 

216. There are four conjugations, which are char- 
acterized by the vowel before re in the present of the 
infinitive active. 

211. What are persons? 
2\2. Whai is dL participle? 

213. What are gerunds ? 

214. What are supines ? 

21.5. What is meant by the conjug-ation of a verb ? 
216. How many conjugations are there, and how are they char- 
acterized ? 



64 CONJUGATION SUM. 

In the first conjugation it is a long ; 
In the second, . . . . e long; 

In the third, e short ; 

In the fourth, .... 2 long. 

217. The general root of a verb consists of those 
letters which are not changed by inflection ; as, am 
in amo, a.mdbam, ninaverim^ a.mdtus. 

218. A verb has three special roots ; the first is 
found in the present, and is the same as the general 
root, the second is found in the perfecty and the third 
in the supine or perfect participle. 

219. In regular verbs of the first, second, and fourth 
conjugations, the second root is formed by adding, re- 
spectively, ay, ev, and Iv, to i\\e general xooi ; and the 
third root by a similar addition of dtu, etu, and itu. 

220. The second root in the third conjugation is 
either the same as the first, or is formed from it by 
adding s ; the third is formed by adding tu. 

221. The present and perfect indicative, the supine 
in wm, and the present infinitive, are called the prin^ 
dp at parts of the verb. 

The substantive or auxiliary verb sum is very irregular in those 
parts which, in other verbs, are formed from the first root. It is 
thus conjugated : 

222. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

Pres. Indie. Pres. Injin. Perf, Indie. Fut. Part, 

Sum, es'-se, fuM, fu-tu'-rus. 

217. What is the general root of a verb ? 

218. How many special roots has a verb ? 

219. How are the second and third roots formeu in regular verbs 
of the 1st, 2d, and 4th conjugations 1 

220. How are the second and third roots formed in the 3d con- 
jugation ? 

221. What are the principal parts of a verb '? 

222. What are the principal parts of the irregular verb sum 7 



VERBS SUM. 



65 



Singular. 

sum, I a7n, 

2. es, thou art, 

3. est^ he is ; 



1. 



223. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present Tense. 

Plural. 



1. e'-rani; Iivas, 

2. e'-ras, thou loast, 

3. e'-rat, he was ; 



su'-mus^ we are, 
es^-tis, ye are, 
sunt, they are. 



Imperfect. 



e-ra'-mus, loe were, 
e-ra'-tis, ye were, 
e'-rant, they were. 



Future, shall, or wilL 



1. e^-ro, I shall be, 

2. e'-ris, thou wilt be, 

3. e'-rit; he will be ; 



er'-i-mus, we shall be, 
er'-i-tis, ye ivill be, 
e'-runt, they ivill be. 



Perfect, have been, or loas. 



1. fu'-i; I have been, 

2. fu-is'-ti, thou hast been^ 

3. fu'-it; he has been ; 



fa'-i-mus, ive have been, 
fu-is^-tis, ye have been, 
fu»e^-runt or -re, they have been^ 



Pluperfect. 



1. fu^-e-ram, I had been, 

2. fu'-e-ras, thou hadst been, 

3. fu'-e-rat^ he had been ; 



fu-e-ra'-mus, we had been, 
fu-e-ra'-tis; ye Jiad been, 
fu'-e-rant, they had been. 



Future Perfect, shall or will have. 

1. fu'-g-ro, I shall have been, fu-er^-i-mus, we shall have been, 

2. fu'-e-ris, thou icilt have been, fu-er^-i-tis, ye ivill have been, 

3. fu'-e-rit, he will have been ; fu'-e-rint, they ivill have been, 

223. Repeat the Indicative mood, present tense- — the imper- 
fect, &c. 



66 VERBS SUM. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
V Present, may or can, 

1. sini; I moAj he, si'-muS; we may he, 

2. sis, thou mayst be, si'-tis, ye may he, 

3. sit, he maTj he ; sint, they may he. 

Imperfect, might, could, would, or should. 

1. es^-sem, I would be, es-se'-mus, we would be, 

2. es'-ses, thou wouldst be, es-se'-tis, ye would he, 

3. es'-set, he would be ; es'-sent, they would he. 

Perfect. 

1. fu^-e-rim, I may have been ^ fu-er^-i-mus, we may have been, 

2. fu.' -e-rls, thou mayst have been, fxi-er'-i-iis, ye may have been, 

3. fu^-e-rit, he may have been ; fu'-e-rint, they may have been. 

Pluperfect, might, could, ivould, or should have. 

1. fu-is' sera, I would have been, {n-'is-se^-mus, tee tuould have been, 

2. fu-is'-seS; thou wouldst have fu-is-se'-tis, ye would have been, 

been, 

3. fu-is^-set, he would have been; fu-is'-sent, they would have been. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

2. es, or es'-to, be thou, es'-te, or es-to'-te, be ye. 

3. es'-to, let him bt ; sun''-to^ let them be. 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 

Present, es^-se, to be. 

Perfect, fu-is'-se, to have been. 

Future. fu-tu'-rus es'-se, to be about to be. 

PARTICIPLE. 

Future, fu-tu'-rus, about to be. 



VERBS POSSUM. 



67 



224. Like sum are conjugated its compounds, ex- 
cept possum ; but prosum has d after pro when the 
simple verb begins with e ; as, 

Ind. pres. pro^-sum, prod'-es, prod'-est, &c. 

— imperf. prod'-e-ram, prod'-e-raS; &c. 

225. Possum, I can, is compounded of potis, able, 
and sum, 

226. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Perf. Ind. 

pos^-sum^ pos^-sC; "^oi^-M-if I can, or I am able. 



227. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present. / am able. 

Sing, pos^-suni; pot'-es^ pot^-est, 

Plur. pos'-su-muS; pot-es'-tis; pos'-sunt. 

Imperfect. I was able. 

Sing, pot^-e-rani; pot'-e-raS; pot^-e-rat, 
Plur. pot-e-ra'-mus, pot-e-ra'-tis^ pot'-e-rant. 

Future. / shall or will be able. 

Sing, pot'-e-ro, pot'-e-ris, pot'-g-rlt, 

Plur. pot-er-i-muS; pot-er^-i-tis, pot'-e-runt, 

224. How are the compounds of sum conjugated ? 

225. Of what is possum, I can, compounded ? 

226. What are its principal parts 1 

227. Repeat the Indicative mood; present tense — the imper- 
fect, &c. 



6S VERBS POSSUM. 



Perfect. / have been able, 

g^ pot'-u-i^ pot-u-is^-tij pot'-u-it, 

Plur. pot-u'-i-mus^ pot-u-is'-tis, pot-u-e'-mnt or -re. 

Pluperfect. / had been able. 

Sing, pot-i -e-ram, pot-u'-e-ras, pot-u'-e-rat, 
Plur. pot-u-e-ra'-muS; pot-u-e-ra'-tis, pot-u'-e-rant. 

Future Perfect. I shall or ivill have been able. 

Sing, pot-u'-e-ro, pot-u'-e-ris, pot-u^-e-rit, 

Plur, pot-u-er'-i-mus, pot-u-er^-i-tiS; pot-u'-e-rint. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



Present. I may or can be able. 

Sing, pos^-sim^ pos^-sis, pos'-sit, 

Plur. pos-si'-mus, pos-sl'-tis, pos'-sint. 

Imperfect. I might be able. 

Sing, pos'-sem, pos'-ses, pos'-set, 

Plur^ pos-se'-mus^ pos-se'-tis^ pos'-seut. 

Perfect. I may have been able. 

Sing, pot-u'-e-rim, pot-u'-e-ris, pot-u'-e-rit, 
Plur. pot-u-er'-i-mus, pot-u-er'-i-tis, pot-u'-e-rint. 

Pluperfect. / might have been able. 

Sing, pot-u-is'-sem, pot-u-is'-ses, pot-u-is^-set, 
Plur. pot-u-is-se'-mus, pot-u-is-se'-tis^pot-u-is'-sent. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 

Present, pos'-se. Perfect, pot-u-is'-se. 



VERBS FIRST CONJUGATION, ACTIVE. 69 

FIRST CONJUGATION. 

ACTrVE VOICE. 

228. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. . 

Pres. Tnd. Pres. Inf. P^'^f- I''^d. Supine. 

A'-mo, a-ma'-re, a-ma'-vi, a-ma'-tum. 

229. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 

Sing. a'-mOy / love^ 

a' mas, thou lovestj 

a'-mat, he loves ; 

Plur. a-ma'-mus, we love, 

a-ma'-tis, ye love, 

a^-mant, they love. 

Imperfect. 

a-ma'-bani; I was loving, 

a-ma'-baS; thou loast loving^ 

a-ma'-bat, he was loving ; 

Plur. am-a-ba'-mus, we ivere loving, 

am-a-ba'-tiS; ye vjere loving, 

a-ma'-bant^ they were loving. 

Future, shall or ivill. 

Sing, a-ma'-bo, / shall love, 

a-ma'-biS; thou wilt love, 

a-ma'-bit, he will love ; 

Plur. a-mab'-i-muS; we shall love, 

a-mab'-i-tis, ye will love, 

a-ma'-bunt, they loill love. 

228. What are the principal parts o^ amo, in the active voice? 

229. Repeat the Indicative mood, present tense, &c. 



70 



VERBS FIRST CONJUGATION, ACTIVE. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



Sin or. 



Plur 



Plur. 



Perfect, loved, or have loved. 



a-ma'-vi, 

am-a-vis'-ti, 

a-ma'-vit, 

a-mav^-i-mus, 

am-a-vis'-tis, 

am-a-ve'-runt or -re, 



I have loved, 
thou hast loved, 
he has loved ; 
we have loved, 
ye have loved, 
they have loved. 



Pluperfect. 



a-mav^e-rani; 

a-mav'-e-ras, 

a-mav'-e-rat, 

am-a-ve-ra'-mus; 

am-a-ve-ra'-tis, 

a-mav^-e-rant, 



/ had loved, 
thou hadst loved, 
he had loved ; 
IV e had loved, 
ye had loved, 
they had loved. 



Future Perfect, shall or will have. 



Sing, a-mav'-e-ro, 



a-mav'-e-ris, 

a-mav^-e-rit; 

am-a-ver'-i-mus, 

am-a-ver'-i-tiS; 

a-mav^-e-rint^ 



I shall have loved, 
thou wilt have loved, 
he will have loved ; 
we shall have loved, 
ye will have loved, 
they will have loved. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



rrese 


int. mat/ or can. 


a'-meni; 


I may love. 


a^-mes, 


thou mayst love, 


a'-met^ 


he may love ; 


a-me'-mus^ 


we may love, 


a-me'-tis; 


ye may love. 


a'-ment; 


they 77iay love. 



Imperfect, might, could, loould, or should. 



Sins'. 



Plur. 



a-ma'-rem, 

a-ma'-res^ 

a-ma'-ret, 

am-a-re^-muS; 

am-a-re' tis^ 

a-ma'-reiit, 



I would love, 
thou wouldst love, 
he would love ; 
we would love, 
7je would love, 
they would love. 



VERBS FIRST CONJUGATION, ACTIVE. 71 

Perfect. 

Sing, a-mav'-e-rim, / maT/ have loved, 

a-mav^-e-ris; thou mayst have loved, 

a-mav'-e-rit, he may have loved; 

Plur. am-a-ver'-i-muS; loe may have loved, 

am-a-ver'-i-tis; ye may have loved, 

a-mav'-e-rint; they Jtiay have loved. 

Pluperfect, might, could , would, or should have. 

Sing, am-a-vis^-sem^ I would have loved, 

am-a-vis'-ses, thou ivouldst have loved, 

am-a-vis'-set, he would have loved; 

Plur. am-a-vis-se'-mus, we would have loved, 

am-a-vis-se'-tis; ye would have loved, 

am-a-vis^-sent, they would have loved, 

LMPERATIVE MOOD. 



Sing. 


a'-ma, o?- a-ma^-to, 


love thou. 




a-ma'-to, 


let him love ; 


Plur. 


a-ma'-le, or am-a-to^-tG; 


love ye, 




a-man'-to, 


let them love. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 

Present, a-ma^-re, to love. 

Perfect. am-a-vis^-se^ to have loved. 

Future. am-a-tu'-rus es'-se^ to be about to love, 

PARTICIPLES. 

Present, a'-mans, loving. 

Future. am-a-tu'-ruS; about to love. 

GERUND. 
G. a-man'-di, of loving, 

D, a-man'-do^ to or for loving, 

Ac. a-man'-dum, loving, 

Ab, a-man'-do, by loving, 

SUPINE. 

Former, a-ma'-tum, to love. 



72 VERBS FIRST CONJUGATION, PASSIVE. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

230. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

Pres. Indie. Pres. Injin. P^rf. Part. 

A'-mor, a-ma'-ri; a-ma'-tus. 

231. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
Present. 

Sing. di'-moT, I am loved, 

a-ma'-ris; or -re, thou art loved, 

a-ma'-tur, he is loved ; 

Plur. a-ma'-mur; %oe are loved, 

a-mam'-i-ni; ye are loved, 

a-man'-tUF; they are loved. 

Imperfect. 

Sing, a-ma'-bar, I was loved, 

am-a-ba'-ris, or -re, thou ivast loved, 

am-a-ba^-tur, he was loved ; 

Plur. am a-ba'-mur, we were loved, 

am-a-bam^-i-ni, ije loere loved, 

am-a-ban'-tur; theij were loved. 

Future, shall or will be. 

Sing, a-ma'-bor, I shall be loved, 

a-mab'-e-ris, or -Ye, thou ivilt be loved, 

a-mab'-i-tur, he ivill be loved ; 

Plur. a-mab'-i-mur, we shall be loved, 

am-a-bim'-i-ni, ye will be loved, 

am-a-bun'-iur; they will be loved. 



230. What are the principal parts in the passive voice 1 

231. Repeat the Indicative mood, present tense, &.c. 



VERBS — FIRST CONJUGATION, PASSIVE. 



73 



Perfect, have been, or was. 



S. a-ma'-tus sum or fu^-i, 
a-ma'-tus es oi- fu-is'-ti, 
a-ma'-tus est or fu'-it, 

P. a-ma'-ti su'-mus or fu^-i-mus, 
a-ma'-ti es^-tis or fu-is'-tis, 
ama'-ti sunt^ fu-e'-runt or -rC; 



/ have been loved, 
thou hast been loved, 
he has been loved ; 
we have been loved, 
ye have been loved, 
they have been loved. 



Pluperfect. 

S. a-ma'-tus e'-ram or fu^e-ram^ I had been loved, 

a-ma^-tus e'-ras or fu'-e-raS; thou hadst been loved, 

a-ma'-tus e'-rat or fu'-e-rai, he had been loved ; 

P. a-ma'-ti e-ra' mus o?- fu-e-ra'-mus^ v)e had been loved, 
a-ma'-ti e-ra'-tis or fu-e-ra'-tis, ye had been loved, 
a-ma'-ti e' rani or fu'-e-rant^ thei/ had been loved. . 

Future Perfect, shall have been. 



S. a-ma'-tus e'-ro or fu'-e-ro, 
a-ma^-lus e'-ris or fu'-e-ris^ 
a-ma'-tus e^-rit or fu'-e-rit, 

P. ama^-ti er^-i-mus or fu-er^i-mus, 
a-ma'-ti er'-i-lis or fu-er' l-tis; 
a-ma'-ti e' runt or fu'-e-rint, 



I shall have been loved, 
thou wilt have been loved, 
he will have been loved ; 
we shall have been loved, 
ye will have been loved, 
they will have been loved. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



Present, mai/ or can. 



a'-mer, 
a-me'-ris or ■ 
a-me'-tur, 
a-me' mur, 
a-mem'-i-ni; 
a-men'-tur, 



re, 



/ may be loved, 
thou mayst be loved, 
he may be loved ; 
ice may be loved, 
ye may be loved, 
they may be loved. 



Imperfect 

Sing. 



might, could, would, or should be. 



a-ma^-rer, I would be loved, .. 

am-a-re'-ris or -re, thou wouldst be loved, 
am-a-re'-tur, he,ivould be loved; 



74 VERBS FIRST CONJUGATION, PASSIVE. 

Plur. am-a-re^-mur^ we loould be loved, 

am-a-rem'-i-ni; ye would be loved, 
am-a-ren'-tur^ they would be loved. 

Perfect. 

S. a-ma'-tus sim or fu'-e-riiri; I may have been loved, 

a-ma^-tus sis or fu^-e-ris, thou mayst have been loved, 

a-ma'-tus sit or fu^-e-rit, he may have been loved ; 

P. a-ma^-ti si^-mus or fu-er'-i-muS; we may have been loved, 

a-ma^-ti si'-tis or fu-er^-i-tis^ ye may have been loved, 

a-ma'-ti-sint or fu'-e-rint^ they may have been loved. 

Pluperfect, might, could, would, or should have been, 

S. a-ma'-ttis es'-sem or fu-is'-sem, I would have been loved, 
a-ma'-tus es'-ses or fu-is'-ses, thou wouldst have been loved, 
a-ma'-tus es'-set or fu-Ls'-set, he would have been loved ; 

P. a-ma'-ties-se'-musorfu-is-se'-muSji^e would have been loved, 
a-ma'-ti es-se'-tis o?- fu-is-se'-tis^ ye ivould have been loved, 
a-ma'-ti es'-sent or fu-is'-sent^ they would have been loved. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Sing, a-ma'-re, or a-ma'-tor, be thou loved, 

a-ma'-tor, let him be loved •; 

Plur. a-mam'-i-ni, be ye loved, 

a-man'-tor, let them be loved. 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 

Present, a-ma'-ri, to be loved. 

Perfect, a-ma'-tus es'-se or fu-is'-se, to have been loved. 
Future, a-ma'-tum i'-ri, to be about to be loved. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Perfect, a-ma'-tus^ loved, or having been loved. 

Future. a-man'-duS; to be loved. 

SUPINE. 

Latter, a-ma'-tu, to be loved. 



VEBBS FORMATION OP THE TENSES. 75 



Formation of the Tenses. 

232. The first root of amo is am^ the second amdv^ 
and the third amdtu. 

233. 

From the first root, am, are derived in the 

Active. Passive. 

amo, amo?', 

a.mdbamf aLUidbarf 

a,mdbo, Amdbor, 

am em, amer^ 

ama?*em, amdrer, 

ama, amare, 

amare, amarz, 

Q.mans, a.mandus, 
anaandi. 

From the second root, amdv, are derived in the 

Active. 

amSvz, amu-verim, 

amaveram, amavz55em, 

amavero, amavz^se. 

From the third root, amdtu, are derived in the 



Active. 


Passive. 


amaturM5 esse, 


amatu5 sum, 


amaturw5, 


amatu5 eram, 


amatU77i. 


amatu5 ero, 




amatu5 sim. 




amatu5 es&em, 




amatu5 esse, 




amatUTTi iri, 




amatu*, 




amatu. 



232. What is the first root of awo ? — the second ? — the third ? 

233. Repeat the parts in the active voice formed from the first 
root — from the second root — from the third root ; — the parts of the 
passive voice formed from the first root — from the third. 



76 



VERBS SECOND CONJUGATION. 



SECOND CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. 

234. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 



Pres. Ind. Mo'-ne-o^ 

Pres. Inf. mo-ne'-re; 

Ferf. Ind. mon'-u-i, 

Supine. m on '-i- turn. 



Pres. Ind. mo'-ne-or, 
Pres. Inf. mo-ne^-ri; 
Perf, Part, mon'-i-tus. 



Plur. 



235. 

INDICATIVE BIOOD. 



Present. 



I advise, 

mo^-ne-o, 

mo'-neS; 

mo'-net j 

mo-ne'-muSy 

mo-ne'-tis, 

mo'-nent. 



I am advised. 



Sinor. 



Plur. 



mo^-ne-oT, 
mo-ne'-ris or - 
mo-ne'-tur 5 
mo-ne^-mur, 
mo-nem'-i-ni; 
mo-nen'-tur. 



Imperfect. 
I IV as advising. \ I was advised. 



S. 



mo-ne'-bam, 
mo-ne'-bas, 
mo-ne'-bat ; 
mon-e-ba'-mus, 
mon e ba'-lis, 
mo-ne'-bant. 



S. 



mo-ne'-bar, 
mon-e-ba'-ris or -re, 
mon-e-ba^-tur ; 
mon-e-ba'-mur, 
mon-e-bam'-i-ni, 
mon-e-ban^-tur. 



234. What are the principal parts of 7noneo in the active voice ? 
— in the passive voice ? 

235. Repeat the indicative mood, present tense, active voice — 
passive voice, &c. 



VERBS SECOND CONJUGATION. 



77 



ACTIVE. 



PASSIVE. 



Future. 
/ shall or will advise, I shall or will he advised. 



8. 



mo-ne'-bo, 

mo-iie'-bis; 

mo-ne'-bit; 

mo-neb^-i-mus, 

mo-neb'-i-tis, 

mo-ne'-bunt. 



S. 



P. 



mo-ne'-bor, 
mo-neb'-eris or re, 
mo-neb'-i-tur 5 
mo-neb'-i-mur, 
mon-e-bim'-i-ni, 
mon-e-bun'-tur. 



Perfect. 



I advised, or have advised. 

8. mon'-a-i, 

mon-u-is'-ti, 

mon'-u-it 5 
P. mo-nu'-i-mus, 

mon-u-is'-tis, 

mon-u-e'-runt or -re. 



I was or have been advised. 

S. mon^-i-tus sum or fu'-i, 
mon'-i tus es or fu-is'-ti, 
mon^-i-tus est or fu^-it ; 

P. mon^-i-ti su'-mus or fu'-i-mus, 
mon'-i-ti es'-tis or fu-is'-tis, 
mon'-i-ti sunt;fu-e'-runtor-re. 



/ had advised. 

8. mo-nu'-e-ram, 
mo-nu'-e ras, 
mo-nu'-e-rat 5 

P. mon-u-e-ra^-mus, 
mon-u-e-ra'-tis; 
mo-nu'-e-rant. 



Pluperfect. 

I had been advised. 

8. mon'-i-tus e'-ram or fu'-e-rani; 
mon'-i-lus e'-ras or fu'-e ras, 
mon'-i-tus e'-rat or fu'-e-rat 5 

P. mon'-i-ti e-ra'-musorfu-e-ra'-mus, 
mon'-i-ti e-ra'-tis or fu-e-ra'-lis, 
mon'-i-ti e'-rant or fu'-e-rant. 



Future Perfect. 
I shall have advised. I shall have been advised. 



8. mo-nu'-e-ro, 
mo-nu'-e-ris, 
mo-nu'-e-rit 5 

P. mon-u-er'-I-muS; 
mon-u-er'-I-tis, 
mo-nu^-e-rint. 
#5 



8. mon^-i-tus e'-ro or fu'-e-ro, 
mon' i-tus e'-ris or fu'-e-ris, 
mon'-i-tus e'-rit or fu'-e-rit, 

P. mon'-i-ti er'-i-mus or fu-er'-I-mus, 
mon'-i-ti er' i-tis or fu-er' i-tis, 
mon'-i-li e'-runt or fu'-e-rint. 



78 



VERBS SECOND CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE. 



PASSIVE. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



Present. 



I may or can advise. 



S. 



mo'-ne-am^ 

mo'-ne-as, 

mo^-ne-at j 

mo-ne-a'-mus, 

mo-ne-a'-tis^ 

mo'-ne-ant. 



I may or can be advised. 

S. mo'-ne-ar, 

mo-ne-a'-ris or -re, 

mc-ne-a'-tur j 
P. mo-ne-a'-mur, 

mo-ne-am'-i-ni, 

mo-ne-an'-tur. 



Imperfect. 
I might, could, icould, or / might, could, ivould, or 



;s. 



P. 



should advise. 

mo-ne'-rem, 

mo-ne'-res, 

mo-ne'-ret 3 

mon-e-re^-mus, 

mon-e-re'-tis, 

mo-ne'-rent. 



should he advised. 

mo-ne^-rer, 

mon-e-re'-ris or - 

mon-e-re^-turj 

mon-e-re'-mur^ 

mon-e-reni-i-ni, 

mon-e-ren^-tur. 



Perfect. 
1 may have advised. I may have been advised. 



S. mo-nu'-e-rim, 
mo-nu'-e-ris, 
mo-nu' e-r'ii 5 

P. mon-u-er'-I-mus, 
mon-uer^-l-tis; 
mo-nu'-e-rint. 



mon'-i-tus sim or fu'-e-rini; 
raon'-i-tiis sis or fu^-e-ris, 
mon^-i-tus sit or fu'-e-rit ; 
mon'-i-li si'-mus or fu-er'-i-nius, 
mon'-i-li si'-lis or fa-er'-i-tis, 
mon'-i-li siiit or.fu'-e-rint. 



Pluperfect. 
I might, could, tvould, ^^I might, could, would, or should 
or should have, &iyC. have been advised. 



s. 


mon-u-is^-seni; 


^. 


mon'- 




mon-u-is'-seS; 




mon' 




mon-u-is'-set 5 




mon'" 


p. 


mon-u-is-se'-muS; 


P' 


mon'- 




mon-u-is-se'-tiS; 




mon' 




mon-u-is^-sent. 




mon^ 



-i-tus es'-seni or fu-is'-sem, 

•tus es'-ses or fu-is'-ses, 

I'-i-tus es'-set or fu-is'-set 5 

I'-i-ti es-se^-mus orfu-is-se'-mus^ 

-i-ti es-se'-tis or fu-is-se^-tis, 

'-i-ti es'-sent or fa-is'-sent. 



VERBS SECOND CONJUGATION. 79 

ACTIVE. PASSIVE. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



advise thou. 

S, mo'-ne, or mo-ne'-to, 

mo-ne'-to 3 
P. mo-ne'-te or mon-e-to^-tC; 

mo-nen'-to. 



be thou advised. 

8. mo-ne' re or mo-ne'-tor; 

mo-ne^-tor 3 
P. mo-nem'-i-ni, 

mo-nen^-tor. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



Pres. mo-ne^-re, to advise. 

Per/, mon-u-is'-se; to have ad- 
vised. 

Fut. mon-i-tu^-rus es'-se, to be 
about to advise. 



Pres. mo-ne'-ri^ to be advised. 
Per/, mon'-i-liis es'-se or fu-is'- 

se, to have been advised. 
Fut. mon^-i-tum i^- ri, to be about 

to be advised. 



PARTICIPLE. 



Pres. mo'-nens, advising. 
Fut. mon-i-tu'-rus; about to ad- 
vise. 



Perf. mon'-i-tus, ( 

Fut. mo-nendus, to be advised. 



GERUND. 



G. mo-nen'-di, of advising, 
D. mo-nen'-do, &c. 
Ac. mo-nen'-dum^ 
Ab. mo-nen'-do. 



SUPINES. 



Former. 
mon'-i-tum, to advise. 

ts 



Latter. 
mon'-i-tU; to be advised^ 



80 VERBS FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 



Formation of the Tenses. 

236. The first root of moneo is mon, the second 
monu, and the third monitu, 

237. 

From the first root^ mon, are derived in the 

Active* Passive. 

moneo, moneor, 

mGuebajTi, mone^a?*, 

monebo, mouebor, 

moneam, moneai^, 

monerew, monerer, 

mone, monere, 

momre, moneri, 

monens, monendus. 
monendi. 

From the second root, monu, are derived in the 

Active. 

moimi, monuerim, 

monueram, moumssem, 

moimero, monume. 

From the third root, monitu, are derived in the 

Active. Passive* 

moniltirw^ esse, monituj? sum, 

mouiturws, monitu^ eram, 

moniturr*. monitU5 ero, 

monitU5 sim, 
monitu* essem^ 
monitu5 esse^ 
monituwi iri, 
monitU5, 
monitu. 



236. What is the first root of moneo 1 — the second ? — the third ? 

237. Repeat the parts in the active voice formed from the first 
joot — from the second root — from the third root 3 — the parts of the 
passive voice formed from the first root — from the third. 



VERBS ^THIRD CONJUGATION. 



81 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE. 



PASSIVE. 



Pres, Ind. 
Pres. Inf. 
Perf. Ind. 
Supine. 



238. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 



Re'-go, 
reg^-e-re; 
rexM, 
rec'-tum. 



Pres. Ind. re'-gor^ 
Pres. Inf. re'-gi, 
Perf. Part, rec'-tus. 



239. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 



Present. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



I rule. 

re^-go, 

re^-gis, 

re'-gU 5 

reg'-i-mus, 

reg'-i-tis; 

re'-gunt. 



;s. 



p. 



I was ruling. 

re-ge'-bam^ 

re-ge'-bas^ 

re-ge'-bat 5 

reg-e-ba'-muS; 

reg-e-ba'-tis, 

re-ge'-bant. 



Imperfect. 



lied. 



Sinor. 



Plur. 



P. 



re'-gor^ 
reg'-e-ris or 
reg'-i-tur ; 
reg^-i-rnur, 
rc-gim'-i-ni, 
re-gun^-tur. 



re, 



I was ruled. ' 

re-ge'-bar, 

reg e-ba'-ris or -re, 

reg-e-ba'-lur j 

reg-e-ba'-mur, 

reg-e-bam^-i-ni; 

reg-e-ban'-tur. 



238. What are the principal parts ofregom the active voice ?- 
in the passive voice ? 

239. Repeat the indicative mood; present tense, active voice- 
passive voice; &c. 



|5 



82 



VERBS THIRD CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE. 



PASSIVE. 



Future. 
I shall, or zvill rule. \ I shall or will he ruled. 



S. 



P. 



re -gam. 
re'-ges, 
re'-get 5 
re-ge'-mus 
re-ge'-tis, 
re -gent. . 



S, 



P. 



re'-gar, 
re-ge'-ris or 
re-ge'-lur 5 
re-ge'-mur^ 
re-gem '-i-ni, 
re-ffen'-tur. 



Perfect. 



I ruled or have imled. 



P. 



rex'-i. 
rex-is'-li, 
rex'-it 5 
rex'-l-mus, 
rex-is'-tiSj 
rex-e^-runt or ■ 



I was or have been ruled. 

S. rec'-tus sum or fa'-i. 
rec'-tus es or fu-is'-ti, 
rec'-lus est or fu'-it 3 

P. rec'-ti SLi'-mus or fa'-i-muS; 
rec'-ti es'-tis or fu-is'-tis, 
rec^-ti sunt, fu-e'-runt or -re. 



I had ruled. 

S. rex'-e-ram, 
rex'-e-ras, 
rex'-e-rat J 

P. rex-e-ra'-mus, 
rex-e-ra^-tis, 
rex'-e-rant. 



Pluperfect. 

I had been ruled. 

S. rec'-tus e^-ram or fu'-e-ram^ 
rec'-tus e'-ras or fu'-e-ras, 
rec^-tus e'-rat or fu'-e-rat j 

P. rec'-ti e-ia'-mus or fu-e-ra'-muS; 
rec'-ti e-ra'-tis or fu-e-ra'-tis, 
rec^-ti e^-rant or fu'-e-rant. 



Future Perfect. 



I shall have ruled. 

S. rex'-e-ro, 



P. 



rex'-e-ris, 
rex'-e-rit 5 
rex-er'-i-muS; 
rex-er'-i-tis; 
rex'-e-rint. 



I shall have been ruled. 

S. rec'-tus e'-ro orfu'-e-ro, 
rec'-tus e'-ris or fu'-e-ris, 
rec'-tus e' rit or fu'-e-rit ; 

P. rec'-ti er'-i-mus or fu-er'-I-mus, 
rec'-ti er'-i-tis or fu-er'-i-tis; 
rec'-ti e'-runt or fii'-g-rint. 



VERBS THIRD CONJUGATION. 



83 



ACTIVE. PASSIVE. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Present. 
I may or can rule. I may or can he ruled. 



8. 



re'-gam, 

re'-gas, 

re'-gat 3 

re-ga^-mus, 

re-ga'-tis, 

re'-gant. 



P. 



re'-gar, 
re-ga'-ris or ■ 
re-ga'-tur 3 
re-ga'-mur, 
re-gam'-i-ni; 
re-gan'-tur. 



Imperfect. 



I might, could, would, or 
should rule. 



S. reg'-e-reni; 

reg^-e-res, 

reg'-e-ret 3 
P. reg-e-re'-mus, 

reg-e-re'-tis; 

resf^-e-rent. 



I may have ruled. 

8. rex'-e-rim; 

rex'-e-ris, 

rex'-e-rit 5 
P. rex-er'-i-muS; 

rex-er'-i-tiS; 

rex'-e~rint. 



I might, could, would, or 
should be ruled. 



8. reg'-e-rer^ 

reg-e-re'-ris or -re, 

reg-e-re'-tur3 
P. reg-e-re^-mur, 

reg-e-rem'-i-ni, 

reg-e-ren^-tur. 

Perfect. 

I may have been ruled. 

S. rec'-tus sim or fu'-e-rim, 
rec^-tus sis or fu'-e-ris, 
rec'-tus sit or fu^-e-rit 3 

P. rec'-ti si'-mus or fu-er'-i-muS; 
rec'-ti si'-tis or fu-er'-i-tis; 
rec'-ti sint or fu'-e-rint. 



Pluperfect. 



I might, could, would, 
or should have ruled. 

8. rex-is'-sem, 

rex-is'-ses, 

rex-is-set5 
P. rex-is-se'-mus, 

rex-is-se'-tis, 

rex-is'-sent. 



I might, could, would, or should 
have been ruled. 

8. rec'-lus es'-sem or fu-is'sem, 
rec'-tus es'-ses or fu-is'-ses, 
rec'-tus es'-set or fu-is'-set3 

P. rec'"ti es-se'-mus jrfu-is-se'-mus, 
rec'-ti es-se'-tis or fu-is-se'-tis, 
rec'-ti es'-sent or fu-is'-sent. 



84 



VERBS THIRD CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE. PASSIVE. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



rule thou. 

S. re'-ge, or reg'-i-to^ 

reg'-i-to 3 
P. reg'-i-te or reg-i-to'-te; 

re-gun^-to. 



he thou ruled, 

8, reg'-e-re or reg'-i-tor, 

reg'-i-tor 3 
P. re-gim^-i-ni, 

re-gun'-tor. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



Pres. reg'-e-re, to rule. 
Perf. rex-is'-se, to have ruled. 
Fut. rec-tu^-rus es'-se^ to be 
about to rule. 



Pres. re'-gi; to be ruled. 
Perf. rec'-tus es^-se^ or fu-is^- 

se, to have been ruled. 
Fut. rec'-tum i'-ri^ to be about 

to be ruled. 



PARTICIPLES. 



Pres. re^-gens, ruling. 
Fut. rec-tu'-rus, about to 
rule. 



Perf. rec^-tus^ ruled. 

Fut. re-gen^-dus; to be ruled. 



GERUND. 



G. re-gen'-di, of ruling, 

D. re-gen^-do; &c. 

Ac. re-gen'-duni; 

Ab. re-gen'-do. 



SUPINES. 



Former. 
rec'-tum, to rule. 



Latter. 
TQd-i\Xy to be ruled. 



VERBS FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 85 



Formation or the Tenses. 

240. The first root of rcgo is reg, the second rex, 
and the third rectu. 

241. 

From the first root^ reg, are derived in the 

Active. Passive 

re^o, regor, 

regebam, regebar, 

regam., legar, 

regam, regai'^ 
regerem, . regerer, 

rege, regere, 

regere, ^("gh 

re^ens, xegendus. 
regendi. 

From the second root, rex, are derived in the 

Active. 

rexi, VGxerim, 

rexeram, rexisserrij 

rexero, rexisse. 

From the third root, rectu, are derived in the 

Active. Passive, 

recixlrus esse, rectus sum, 

reciurus, rectus eram, 

rectuwi. rectus ero, 

rectus sim, 
rectus essem, 
rectus esse, 
rectum iri; 
rectus, 
rectu. 

240. What is the first root of rego ? — the second ? — the third ? 

241. Repeat the parts of the active voice formed from the first 
root — from the second — from the third 5 — the parts of the passive 
voice formed from the first root — from the third. 



86 



VERBS^ THIRD CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE. PASSIVE. 

242. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

Pres. Ind. ca'-pi-or, to be 



Pres. Ind. Ca^-pi-o, to take, 
Pres. Inf. cap'-e-re, 
Perf. Ind. ce'-pi, 
Supine. cap'-tum. 



Pres. Inf. ca'-pi, 
Perf. Part, cap'-tus. 



243. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 



Present. 



P. 



ca^-pi-o, 

ca'-pis, 

ca^-pit 5 

cap^-i-muS; 

cap'-i-tis, 

ca'-pi-unt. 



ca-pi-e'-bam, 

ca-pi-e'-bas, 

ca-pi-e^.-bat 5 

ca-pi-e-ba'-mus, 

ca-pi-e-ba'-tis, 

ca-pi-e'-bant. 



S. 



P. 



Imperfect. 



iS. 



ca'-pi-or, 

cap^-e-ris or - 

cap'-i-turj 

cap'-i-mur, 

ca-pim'-i-ni, 

ca-pi-un'-lur. 



ca-pi-e^-bar, 

ca-pi-e ba'-ris or -re, 

ca-pi-e-ba^-tur 5 

ca-pi-e-ba'-mur, 

ca-pi-e-bam'-i-ni, 

ca-pi-e-ban^-tur. 



Future. 



ca'-pi-am, 

ca^-pi-es, 

ca'-pi-et5 

ca-pi-e'-mus, 

ca-pi-e'-tis^ 

ca'-pi-ent. 



S. 



P. 



ca'-pi-ar, 
ca-pi-e'-ris or -re, 
ca-pi-e'-tur; 
ca-pi-e'-mur, 



'-Y 



ca-pi-em'-i-nij 
ca-pi-en'-tur. 



242, What are the principal parts of capio, in the active voice ? 
— in the passive? 

243. Repeat the indicative mood, present tense, active voice — 
passive voice, &c« 



VERBS THIRD CONJUGATION. 



87 



The parts formed from the second and third roots being entirely 
regular, only a synopsis of them is given. 



ACTIVE. 



PASSIVE. 



e^-D 



Perf. ce'-pi. 

Plup. cep'-e-ram. 

Fut, Per/, cep'-e-ro. 



Perf. cap'-tus sum or fu'-i. 
Plup. cap'-tus e^-ram or fu'-e-ram. 
F. P. cap'-tus e'-ro or fu'-e-ro. 



P. 



P. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Present. 



ca'-pi-am, 

ca'-pi-as, 

ca'-pi-at 5 

ca-pi-a'-mus, 

ca-pi-a'-tis, 

ca^-pi-ant. 



cap'-e-rem; 

cap'-e-res, 

cap'-e-ret ; 

cap-e-re'-mus/ 

cap-e-re'-tis, 

cap^-e-rent. 



Perf. cep'-e-rim. 
Plup. ce-pis^-sem. 



iS. 



Imperfect. 



8. 



P. 



ca'-pi-ar, 
ca-pi-a'-ris or -re, 
ca-pi-a'-tur ; 
ca-pi-a'-mur, 
ca-pi-am^-i-ni, 
ca-pi-an'-tur. 



cap'-e-rer, 

cap-e-re'-ris or -re, 

cap-e-re'-turj 

cap-e-re'-mur, 

cap-e-rem'-i-nij 

cap-e-ren'-tur. 



Perf. cap^-tus sim or fu'-e-rim. 
I Plup. cap^-tus es'-sem or fu-is'-sem. 



liMPERATIVE MOOD. 



iS. ca^pe, or cap'-i-to, 

cap'-i-to 5 
P. cap'-i-te, or cap-i-lo^-te; 

ca-pi-un^-to. 



»^. cap'-e-re, or cap'-i-tor; 

cap'-i-tor 5 
P. ca-pim'-i-ni, 

ca-pi-un'-tor. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



Pres. cap'-e-re. 
Perf. ce-pis'-se. 
Fut. cap-tu'-rus es'-se. 



Pres. ca'-pi. 

Perf cap'-tus les^se or fu-is'-so. 

Fut. cap'-tum i^-ri. 



88 VERBS FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 

ACTIVE. PASSIVE. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Pres. ca'-pi-ens. I P^rf. cap'-tus. 

Fut. cap-tu'-rus. | Fut. ca-pi-en'-dus. 

GERUND. 
G. ca-pi-en'-di; &c. 

SUPINES. 

Former, cap'-tum. j Latter, cap'-lu. 

Formation of the Tenses. 

244. The first root of capio is cap, the second cep, 
and the third captu. 



From the first root, 


cap, 


are derived in 


the 


Active. 




Pasdve. 




capio, 
capUbam, 




capior, 
capiebar, 




capiam, 
caperem, 




capiar, 
capiar, 




cape, 




caperer, 




capere, 




capere, 




capiens, 
capiendi. 




capi, 
capiendus. 





From the second root, cep, are derived in the 

Active. 

ccpi, ceperim, 

ceperam, cepissem, 

cepero, cepisse. 

244. What is the first root of capio ? — the second ? — the third ? 

245. Repeat the parts of the active voice formed from the first 
root — from the second — from the third 3 — the parts of the passive 
voice formed from the first root — from the third. 



VERBS FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



89 



From the third root, captu, are derived in the 



Active, 
capiHrus esse, 
capture*, 
captum. 



Passive. 
captu* sum, 
captu5 eram, 
captu>9 ero, 
captu5 sim, 
captu5 essem, 
captus esse, 
captU7/i iri, 
captu5, 
capta. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE. 



246. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 



PASSIVE. 



Pres. Ind. Au^-di-o, 

Pres. Inf. au-di'-re, 

Perf. Ind. au-di'-vi, 

Supine. au-di'-tum, 



Pres. Ind. au'-di-or, 
Pres. Inf. . au-dl'-ri, 
Perf. Part, au-dl'-tus. 



P. 



247. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 



/ hear, 

au^-di-o, 

au'-dis, 

au'-dit 5 

au-dl'-mus, 

au-dl'-tis, 

au'-di-unt. 



Present. 



lam heard, 

au'-di-or, 
au-dl'-ris or -re, 
au-dl^-tur 5 
au-dl'-mur, 
au-dim'-i-ni, 
au-di-un^-tur. 



246. What are the princijiial parts of audio in the active voice ? 
— in the passive voice ? " 

247. Repeat the indicative mood, present tense, active voice — 
passive voice, &c. 



90 



VERBS FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE. 



PASSIVE. 



Imperfect. 



I was hearing, 

au-di-e'-bam^ 

au-di-e'-bas, 

au-di-e'-bat 3 

au-di-e-ba'-mus, 

au-di-e-ba'-tis; 

au-di-e'-bant. 



I was heard. 

au-di-e'-bar, 
au-di-e-ba'-ris or -re^ 
au-di-e-ba'-tur 3 
au-di-e-ba'-mur, 
au-di-e-bam'-i-ni, 
au-di-e-ban^-tur. 



Future. 
1 shall or will hear. \ I shall or will he heard. 



S. au'-di-am^ 
au^-di-es, • 

au'-di-et 3 
P. au-di-e'-muS; 
au di-e'-tis, 
au'-di-ent. . 



^. 



P. 



au^-di-ar, 
aa-di-e'-ris or -re, 
au-di-e'-tur 3 
au-di-e'-mur, 
au-di-em'-i-ni, 
au-di-en'-tur. 



Perfect. 



I heard or have heard. 

S. au-dl'-vi, 

ail di-vis'-ti; 

au-di'-vit 3 
P. au-div'-i-mus, 

au-di-vis'-tis, 
au-di-ve'-runt or-re. 



I have been or was heard. 

S, au-dl'-tus sum or fu'-i, 
au-diLtus es or fu-is^-ti, 
au-dl'-tus est or fu'-it ; 

P. au-di'-ti su'-mus or fu^-i-mus, 
au-dl'-ti es'-tis or fu-is'-tis, 
au-di'-ti sunt, fu-e'-runt or -re. 



I had heard. 

au-div'-e-ram^ 

au-div'-e-ras, 

au-div'-e-rat ; 

au-di-ve-ra'-mu 

au-di-ve-ra'-tis, 

au-div'-e-rant. 



Pluperfect. 
I / had been heard. 



au-dl' tus e'-ram or fu'-e-ram^ 
au-di'-tus e'-ras or fu'-e-ras, 
au-diVtus e'-rat or fu'-e-rat 3 
au-dl'-ti e-ra'-mus orfu-e-ra'-muS; 
au-dl'-ii e-ra'-iis or fu-e-ra'-tis; 
au-dl'-ti e'-rant or fu'-e-rant. 



VERBS FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



91 



A C T I V E . 



PASSIVE. 



Future Perfect. 
/ shall have licarcl. I shall have been heard. 



S. au-div'-e-ro^ 
giu-dlv'-ti-ris, 
au-div'-e-rit 5 

P. au-di-ver'-I-mus, 
au-di-ver'-i-tiS; 
au-div'-e-rint. 



<^. au-di'-lus e'-ro or fu'-e-ro, 
au-dl^-lus e'-ris or fu'-e-ris^ 
au-di^-tus e'-rit or fu'-e-rit^ 

P. au-dl'-ti er'-i-mus or fu-er'-I-muS; 
au-dlf-li cr'I-tis or fu-er'-i-lis, 
au-dl'-ii e^-ruut or fu'-e-rint. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



Present. 



may oj can near. 

au'-di-am, 

au'-di-as, 

au'-di-at 3 

au-di-a'-mus, 

au-dl-a'-tis;, 

au'-di-aiU. 



I may or can he heard. 



au'-di-ai% 
aii-di-a^-rls or ■ 
au-di-a^-tur 3- 
au-dl-a'-miir, 
au-di-aiii'-;-iii, 
au-di-an'-lur. 



■r?; 



I might, could, would, 
should hear. 



Imperfect. 
del hear. 



might. 



au-dl'-rcm. 

au-di'-res, 

au-dl'-rct 3 

au-di-re'-mus, 

au-di-re'-tis, 

au-di'-reut. 



1 jnai/'have'heard. 

S.. au-div'-e-rim, 
au-div"'-e-r:s, 
au-div'-^-rit 3" 
.p. au-di-ver'-i-muS; 
au-di-ver'-i-tis, 
au-div'-e-rint. 

6 



'ht, could, zvould, or 
dwuld be heard. 



S. au-di'-rer, 

au-di-re'-ris or -re, 
; au-di-re^-tur 3' 

P. au-di-re'-mur, 
I au-di-rcm'-i-iii; 

au-di-ren'-tur. 

Perfect. 

I may have been heard. 

au-dl'-tus sim or fLi'-e-rim^ 
au-di'-lus sis or lu'-e-ris^ 
au-di'-lus sit or fu'-e-rit 5 • 
au-dl'-ti si'-mus or fu-er'-i-mus, 
au-dl'-ti si'-tis or llver^-i-tis; • 
au-dl'-ti sint or fu'-e-rint. 



92 



VERBS — FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE- 



PASSIVE. 



Pluperfect. 



/ might, could, 'would, 
or should have heard. 

S. au-di-vis^-sem, 
au-di-vis'-ses, . 
au-di-vis'-set ; 

P. au-di-vis-se'-muS; 
au-di-vis-se'-lis, 
au-di-vls'-sent. 



/ might, could, would, or should 
have been heard. 

S. au-di'-tus es^-sem or fu-is'-s^rm, 
au-di'-tus es'-ses or fu-is^-ses, 
au-dl'-lus es'-sel or fu-is'-set 3 

P. au-dl'-i: es-se'-mus or fu-is-se'-musy 
au-dl'-ii es-se^-tis or fu-is-se'ttis, 
au-dl'-ti es'-sent or fu-is'-sent. . 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



hear thou. 

8. Bu'-di, or au-di'-tO; 

au-di'-to 5 
P. au-di'-te nr au-di-lo'-te, 

au-di-un^-to. 



be thou heard. 

S. au-dl'-re or au-di'-tor, ' 

au-dl'-tor 5 
P. au-dim^-i-ni, 

au-di-un^-lor. 



INFINITIVE MOOD, 



Pres. au-di'-re, to hear. 
Per/, au-di-vis'-se, to have 

heard* 
Put, au-di-tu'-rus es'-se, to be 
about to hear. 



Pres. au-dl'-ri, to be heard. 
Per/, au-dl'-liis es'-se or Tu-is'* 

se, to have been heard. 
Put. au-di^-tum i'-ri, to be about 

to be heard. 



• PARTICIPLES. 

Pres. ^uL^d\-ens, hearing. I Perf. ^u-dVAus, heard. 

Put. B.\x-d\-{Vi^ 'X^s, about to hear. \ Put. di\X'd\"Qia^'d\is, to beheard. 

GERUJVD. 

G. au-di-en'-di, of hearing, 
D. au-di-en'-do, &c. 
Ac. au-di-en'-dum, 
Ab. aU'di-en''do. 

SUPINES. 



Former, au-dl'-tum, to hear. \ Latter, au-dl'-lu/ to be heard. 



VERBS FORMATION OF THE TENSES. . 93 



Formation of the Tenses. 

248. The first root o^ audio is ctud, the second au- 
dj,v, and the third audltu, 

249. 

From the first root, aud, are derived in the 

jSctive, Passive • 

audio. audior, 

audisbanif • a.udieifar, 

. andiam, • audiar, 

audiain, ^ audiar, ♦ 

andlrem, aadfrer, . 

audi, \ aud ire, 

andlrcy .audir?', 

. aadiens, audiendus. 

ayidiejidi. 

From the second root^* audiv, are derived in the 

j9ctive. 

. ■ audlvi, audiveHwi; ^ 

•audiv^raTTt, a\id\\issemj 

audivero, audivi^se. 

,From the third root, audltu^ are. derived in the 

« Active. ' Passive, 

aud\\urus esse, . audllu^ sum, 

audilun/5, audllu5 eram, 

audltuOT. audltu>9 ero, 

audltu5 sim, 

audrtu5 essem, 
. . • audllu5 esse, 

audiiu?/i iii, 

audiiu5, 

auditu. 

248. What is the first root o^ audio? — the second ? — the third ? 

S^Qr Repeat the parts of the active voice formed from the first 
root — from the second-r-from the thi&d ; — the parts of the passive 
voice formed from the first root — from the third. 



94 DEPONENT VERBS. 



DEPONE^^TVERB S .. 

250. Deponent verbs are conjugated like the pas- 
sive voice, and have al^o all the participles and parti- 
cipial formations of the active voice. 

tThe following is an example of an active deponent verb of the 
first conjugation : • • 

251. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. • 

Mi'-ror, mi-ra'-ri. mi-ra'-tus, to admire. 

252. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Pres. ■ mi^-ror, mi-ra'-ris; &c. I admire, &c. 

Imperf. mi-ra'-bar; &e. I ivas admiring. 

Fut. . mi-ra'-bor, . . / shall admire, 

Perf. mi-ra^-tus sum or fu^-i, I have admired. 

Plup. mi-ra'-tus e'-ram 07' fu'-e-Fam. I had admired.' 

Fut, Perf. mi-ra-'-tus e'-ro or fu'-e-ro, I shall have admired. 

• ■ • » 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Pres. mi'-rer, mi-re'-ris. &c. I mo.y admire ft&LC. , 

Imperf. jni-ra'-rer, . I would admire. 

Perf. mi-ra'-tus sim or fu'-e-rim, I may have admired. 

Plup. -mi-ra'-tus es'-sem o?* fu-is'-sem. I -would have admired. 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 

Pres. mi-ra'-ri.. . ^ , ^^ admire. 

Fut. act. mir-a-tu^-rus es'-se, to he about to admire. 

Perf mi-ra'-tus es'-se or fu-is'-se^ to have admired. 

Fut. pass, mi-ra'-tum i'-ri, to be about to be admired. 

2.50. How are deponent verl>s conjugated ? . 

251. What are the jirinci4)al- parts of /;/?/Y'/" / 

252. Repeat the indicative ^lood, present tense, through all the , 
persons — the imperfect, &c.- 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 95 

PARTICIPLES. 

• 

Pres. mi'-ra'ns, ' ddmiriiig. 

Fut.'act. mir-a-tu'-ruS; about to admire. 

Perf. mi-ra'-tiis, having admired. , 

Fut. pass. mi-raii'-duS; to be admired. 

GERUND. 

G. mi-ran^-di, of adniiriiig, &c. 
SUPI^'ES. 

Former, mi-ra^-tum, to admire. 
Latter. mi-ra'-tu, to be admired. 

253. . . 

Formation of the Tenses. 

IRREGULAR ViLRBS. 

254. Irregular verbs are such as deviate from the 
common forms in some of the parts -derived from the 
first root. . ' 

255. They wee siim,volo,fero,edo,Jio,eo,?indi their 
compounds. 

Note. In g-eneral' oiily the irreg"ular parts "of the following" 
verbs are fully exhibited. The other parts may be supplied by 
a comparison with the reg"ular verbs already, conjug-ated. The* 
regular parts oi' volo, fero, and their compounds, follow the anal- 
og-y of the third conjugation 3 ^o, eo, and their compounds, that 
of the fourth. 

253. Repeat the parts formed from the- first root — from the sec- 
ond — from the third. 

2.54. Whcft are irreg"ular verbs ? 
" 255. What verbs are irregular ? 

*6 



Pres. Ind. 


Pres: Inf. 


Vo'-lo, 


vel'-le, 


• No'-lo, 


nolMe, 


MaMo, 


maK-lC; 



96 IRREGULAR VERBS. 

256. Nolo is compounded of ?iow and volo, Malo 
of magis and volo. 

257. 
PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

Perf. Inct. 

vol'-u-i, to be willing, or to wish. 

noK-u-i, to be unwilling. 

mal'-u-i; to be more willing. 

258: 
indicXtive. 

Present. 
S, Vo'-lo, VIS; vultj . P. vol'-u-muS; vuK-tls, voMunt. 

No'-lo, non'-vis, non'-vultj nol'-u-mus, non-vul'-lis, no'- 

lunt. 
Ma'-lo, ma^'vis, ma'-vult^ maK-u-mus/ ma-vul'-lis, ma'- 

lunt. . 

259. 

hnp. vo-le'-bam. iio-le'-bam. ma-le'-bam. 

Put. vo'-lam. no'-lam. * . ma'-Iam. 

..Perf. vol'-u-i. nol'-u-L • mal'-u-i. 

Plup. vo-la'-e-ram.. no-lu'-e-ram. ma-lu'-e-ram. 

Put. Perf. vo-lu'-0-ro. ' no-lu^-e-to. ma-Iu^-e-ro. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present.. 
S. ve'-lim, ve'-]is, ve'-lit;, P. ve-ll'-mus, ve-ll'-tis, ve'-lint. 

no'-lim, no'-lls, no'-lilj n(r)']i'-mus, no ll'-tis, no'-lint. 

ma'-Jim, ma'-lis, ma'-lit^ . ma-ll'-mus,ma-li'-tis,ma'-lii]t. 

Imperfect. 
S. vel'-lem, vel'-les, vel'-letj P. vel-l?'-muS; vel-le'-tis^ vel'- 

leiit. 
iiol'-lem; nol'-leS; nol'-letj nol-le/-mus, nol-le'-tis) noK- 

lent. 
maU-lem,. mal'-Ies, mal'-let3 mal-Ie'-mus, mal-le'-tls, maK-r 

lent. 

256. Of what are nolo and ?nalo compounded ? 

257. What are the principal parts oi^volo? — oi" nolo ? — of malo '^ 

258. Repeat the indicative mood, present lensC; d>(^olo — of 
nolo — of malo. 

239. Repeat the imperfect of volo, 6cc\ 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



97 



Perf. vo-lu'-e-rim. no-lu'-e-rim. ma-Iu'-e-rim. 

Plup. vol-u-is'-sem. nol-u-is'-sem. mal-u-i.s'-sem. 

IMPERATIVE. 

S, 2. noMi or no li'-toj P. 2. no-ll'-te or nol-i-to'-le. 

INFINITIVE. 

Pres. vel'-le. nol'le. mal'-le. 

Perf. vol-u-is'-se. iiol-u-is'-se. mal-u-is'-se. " 

PARTICIPLE. 

Pres. vo'-lens. no'-lens. 



Fero, to bear, is thus conjugated : 



ACTIVE. 



PASSIVE. 



260. 
PRINCIPAL PARTS. 



Pres, Ind. Fe'-ro, 
Pres. Inf. fer'-re, 
Perf. Ind. tu'-li, 

la'-tum. 



Pres. Ind. Fe'-ror, 
Pres. Inf. fer'-ri^ 
Perf part, la'-tus. 



261. 



INDICATIVE 

Present. 

S. fe'-ro, fers, fert ; 

P, fer'-i-mus, fer'-tis, fe'-runt 



Imp. fe-re'-bam. 

Fut. fe'-ram. 

Perf lu'-li. 

Plup. tu'-le-ram. 

FtU. Perf. tu'-Ie-ro. 



>S. fe'-ror, fer'-ris or -re, fer'-tur^ 
P. fer'-i-mur,fe-rim'-i-ni,re-run'-U 



run'-tur. 



Imp. fe-re'-bar. 

Fut. fe'-rar. 

Perf. la'-tus sum or fu'-i. 

Plup. la'-tus e'-ram or fu'-e-ranic 

F. P. la'-tus e'-ro orfu'-e-ro. 



260. What are the principal parts of fero in the active voice? — 
in the passive voice ? 

261. Repeat the indicative mood, present tense, active voice — ■ 
passive voice, &c. 

t6 



98 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



ACTIVE. 



PASSIVE. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



Pres. fe'-ram. 

Imp. S. fer'-rem, fer'-res, fei'- 

ret; 
P. fer re'-muS; fer-re'-tis, 

fer'-rent. 
Per/. tu^-le-rlm. 

Plup. tu lis'-sem. 



Pres. 




fe'-rar. 


Imp. 


S. 


fer'-rer, fer-re^-ris or 
-re, fer-re'-tur3 




P. 


fer re'-mur, fer-rem'- 
i-ni, fer-ren^-tur. 


Per/. 




la'-tus sim or fu'-e- 
rim. 


Plup. 




la'-tus es^-sem or fu- 
is'-sem. 



IMPERATIVE. 

S. fer or fer^-to, fer'-to3 I 8. fer^-re or fer'-tor, fer'-torj 

P. fer'-te or fer-to^-tC; fe-run'-to. I P. fe-rim^-i ni. fe-run'-tor. 



Pres. fer'-re. 

Per/, tu-lis'-se. 

Fut. la-tu'-rus es'-se. 



INFINITIVE. 

Pres. fer'-ri. 



Per/, la'-tus es^-se or fu-is^-se. 
Fut. la'-tum i'-ri. 



PARTICIPLES. 



Pres. fe'-rens. 
Fut. la-tu'-rus. 



Per/ la'-tus. 
Fut. fe-ren'-dus. 



GERUND. 

fe-ren^-.di, &c, 

SUPINES. 

Former, la'-tum. | Latter, la'-tu. 



262 JFio is used as the passive voice o^facio, which 
has no regular passive. 



2. How \s/o used ' 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



99 



263. 

Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Perf. Part 

Fi'-O; fi'-e-ri, fac'-tuS; to be made or to become. 

264. 
INDICATIVE. 

Pres. S. fi'-o, fis, fit.3 Plup. fac'-tus e'-ram or 

P» jfi^-mus,fi'-tis;fi'-unt. fu'-e-rom. 

Imp. fi-e'-bam. Fut. Perf. fac'-tus e'-ro or fu'- 

Fut. fi'-am. e-ro. 

Perf. fac'-tus sum or fu'-i. 





•'SUBJUNCTIVE. 




Pres. 


fi'-am. Plup. 


fac'-tus es'-sem or 


Imp. 


fi'-e-rem. 


fu-is'-sem, 


Perf 


fac'-tus siin or fu'- 
e-riin. 





IMPERATIVE. 

;S. fi or fi'-to, fi'-to ; 

P. fi'-te or ii-to'-te; fi-un'-to. 



INFINITIVE. 

Pres. fi'-e-ri. 

Perf fac'-tus es'-se or fu-is'-se. 

Fut. fac'-tum i'-ri. 



PARTICIPLES. 

Perf. fac'-tus. 
Fut. fa-ci-en'-dus. 



SUPINE. 

Latter, fac'-tu. 



Eo is thus conjugated. 

Pres. Ind, Pres. Inf. P^^f Ind. Perf Part. 

E'-O; i'-re^ i'-vi, i'-tum, to go. 



263, What are the principal parts oi fo? 

264. Repeat the indicative mood, present tenscj fcc. 
%^b. What are the principal parts of eo ? 

:6 



P 



100 



DEFFCTIVE VERBS. 



266. 
INDICATIVE. 



Pres. S. e'-o, is, it 5 

■ P. i'-rnus, i'-tis, e'-unt. 
Imp. S. i'-bam. i'-bas, i'-batj 
P. i-ba'-mus, i-ba'-tis; 
i^-bant. 
Fut. S. i'-bo; i'-bis, i'-bit 5 



P. ib'-i-mus, ib'-i-tiS; 
i'-bunt. 
Per/. V-v'i. 
Plup. iy'-e ram. 
F. perf. iv^-e-ro. 



Imp. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



8. e^-am, e'-as, e'-at3 
P. e-a'-mus, e-a'-tis, 

e'-ant. 
S. i'-reni; i'-res, i'-ret 5 



P. i-re'-mus, i-re'-tiS; 
i^-rent. 
Perf. iv'-e-rim. 
Plup. i-vis'-sem. 



IMPERATIVE. 

S. i or i'-to, i'-to 5 

P . i'-te or i-to'-tC; e-un^-to. 



INFINITIVE. 

Pres. i^-re. 
Perf. i-vis'-se. 
Fut. i-lu'-rus es'-se. 



PARTICIPLES. GERUND. 

Pres. i'-ens, [gen. e-un'-tis.) e-un'-di, &c. 

Fut. i-tti^-rus. 

267. The compounds of eo are conjugated like the 
simple verb, but most of them have ii in the perfect 
rather than ivi. 



DEFECTIVE VERBS. 

268. Defective verbs are those which are not used 
in certain. tenses, numbers, or persons. 



266. Repeat the indicative mood, present tense, &.c. 

267. How are tiie compounds of eo conjugated ? 

268. What are defective verbs ? 



DEFECTIVE VERBS. 101 

The following- list contains such verbs as are remarkable for 
wanting" many of their parts : • 

269. 

1. Od\, I hate. 6. Fan, to speak. 

2. Ccep'i, I have beg7in. 7. Q,\iseso, I pray. 



3. Memini, T remember. 8. Ave, ), •; 

4. Aio, ^^^^ 9. Salve, j 

5. Inquam, ) 



270. Odij coepi, and memini, are used chiefly in 
the perfect and in the other parts formed from the 
second root, and are thence called preteritive verbs: 
Thus, 

271. 

1. Ind. perf. o^-di or o'-sus sum 5 plu. od^-e-ram 3 f. per/, od'-e-ro. 
SuBj. perf. od'-e-rimj plu. o-dis'-sem. 

Inf. perf. o-dis'-se. 

Part. fut. o-su''rus5 perf. o^-sus. 

272. Exosus and perosus, like osus, are used ac- 
tively. 

273. 

2. In^. perf. cce^-p'i 5 plu. ccep^-e-ram ; f perf. coep'-e-ro. 
SuBJ. perf. coep'-e-rim 3 plu. coe-pis'-sem. 

Inf. perf coe-pis'-se. 

Part./w^ coep-tu^-rus 3 pe?f. coep'-tus. 

274. 

3. Ind. pejf mem'-i-ni 5 plu. me-min'-e-ram ; f perf me-min'-e-ro. 
SuBJ. perf me-min^-e-rim 3 plu. mem-i-nis'-sem. 

Inf. perf mem-i-nis^-se. 

Imperat. 2 pers. me-men'-to, mem-en-to'-te. 



269. How many verbs are especially defective ? 

270. What is said o{ odi, cbepi, and memini? 

271. Conjugate odi.- 

272. How are osus and its compounds used 1 

273. Conjugate cospi. 

274. Conjugate memmz. 



102 DEFECTIVE VERBS. 

275. Odi and memini have, in the perfect, the 
sense of the present, and, in the pluperfect and future 
perfect, the sense of the imperfect and future. 

27G. 

4. Ind. yres. al'-o,* a'-is, a'-it 3 '■ — ai'-uiit.* 

imp. ai-e'-bam, ai-e'-bas, ai-e^-bat^ ai-e-ba'-tis, aU 

e'-bant. 

SuBJ. pi^es. — ai'-as, ai'-at 5 ai'-ant. 

Imperat. ai'-i. Vaut. pres. ai'-ens. 

277. 

5. Ind. pre5. in'-quani or in'-qui-o, in'-quis; in'-quit3 in^-qui-mus, 

in'-qui-tls, iii'-qui-unt. 

fut. in'-qui-es, in'-qui-et 5 

perf. in-quis'-ti, in'-quit 3 

SuBJ. ^r£5. in'-qui-atj 

Imperat. in'-que, in'-qui-io. 

. 278. 

^..l^'D.pres. fa'-tur 5 fut. fa'-bor, fab'-i-tur. 

Imperat. fa'-re. " 

Infin. pres. fa'-ri. 

Part. pres. fans 5 per/, fa'-tus 5 fut. fan'-dus. 

Gerund, ^671. fan'-di 5 a/*/, fan'-do. 

Supine, fa'-tu. 

7. Ind. pres. quae'-so, quse'-sit 5 quses'-u-mus, 

Inf. pres. quses'-e-re. 

8. Imperat, a^-ve, a-ve'-to3 a-ve'-te. Inf. a-ve'-re. 

9. Ind. pres. sal'-ve-o ; fut. sal-ve'-bis. 
Inf. pre5. sal-ve'-re. 

Imperat. sal'-ve, sal-ve'-tb 3 sal-ve'-te. 

275.- In what sense are odi and memini used 1 

276. Conjugate aio. 
211. Conjugate inqiiam. 

278. Conjugate /a^wr — quceso — ave — salveo. ^ 

* Pronounced a'-yo, a'-yunt^ &c. 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 103. 

279. Amon-g defective verbs is sometimes included 
fore, which is thus conjugated : . 

280. 

^uhj. imperf. fo'-reni; fo'-res, fo'-ret 5 '• fo'-rent. 

Ir(f. pres. fo'-re. 

281. Fbrem has the same meaning as essem, and 
fore the same a,sfo,turus esse. 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 

282. Impersonal verbs are those which are used 
only in the third person singular, and do not admit of 
3, personal subject. 

283. Their English is generally preceded •by the 
pronoun it, especially in the active voice; SLSjdelectat, 
it* delights; c/ecc^, it becomes. 

284. Frequentatives express the frequent repetition 
of the action, denoted by the primitive. 

' 235. They are all of the first conjugation, and are 
formed from the third root of their primitives. 

286. Incentives mark the beginning, or increased 
degree of the action or state expressed by the primi- 
tive. . • 

' 287. They all end in sco, and are formed by adding 
that termination to the root of the primitive, with its 
connectincT vowel. • » ' 



279. What other yerb may be included among' the defectives ? 

280. Conjug-ale it, 

281. What is the meaning o^ for em ? 

282. What are impersonal verbs 1 

283. How are they translated ? • 

284. What are frequentative verbs ? 

285. Of what conjugation are the}^; and how are they formed ? 

286. What are inceptive. verbs ? 

287. How do they end, and in wihat manner are they formed ? 



104 PARTICLES. ADVERBS, PREPOSITIONS. 



PARTICLES. 

. 288. The parts of speech which are not inflected, 
are called by the general name of particles. 

289. They are adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions, 
and inter jec4;ions. • 

- ADVERBS. 

290. An advefb is a particle used to modify or limit 
the* meaning of a verb, an adjective, or another ad- 
verb. • 

COMPARISON O F . A D V E R B S . 

291. Adverbs derived from adjectives with the ter- 
minations e and ter, and most of those in o, are com- 
pared like their primitives. 

292. The comparative ends in ius, and the super- 
lative in Ime, 

PREPOSITIONS* 

293. A preposition is a particle which expresses 
• the relation betv/een a noun or pronoun and some pre- 
ceding word. 

CONJUNCTIONS. 

294'. A conjunction is a particle which connects 
words or propositions. 

288. What are particles ? • . . 

289. Mention the classes of particles ? 

290. WhErt is an adverb ? 

291. What adverbs are compared ? 

292. How do the comparative and superlative end 1 
■ 293. What is a preposition ? 

294. What is a conjunction?* 



CONJUNCTIONS, INTE^JECTIONS.-t-SYNTAX. 105 
COPULATIVE CONJUNCTIONS. 

295. Copulative conjunctions are such as connect 
things that are to be considered jointly ; as, ac, atque, 
et, etiam, quCj quoqut^ and the* negative ntc or ncque. 

DISJUNCTIVE CONJUNCTIONS. 

• 

296. Disjunctive conjunctions are such as connect 
things that are to be considered separately ; as, aut, 
seu, sive, ve, veL arid the neo-ative Jieve or neu. 



INTERJECTIONS. 

297. An interjection is a particle used in exclama- 
tion, and expressing some emotion o£ the mind. 



SYNTAX. 

§1. Syntax treats of the C(5nstruction of propositions, 
their connection and dependence. 
. 2. A proposition consists of a subject and a 'predi- 
cate. 

3. The subject of, a proposition is that of- whiph 
something is affirmed. 



295. What arc copulative conjunctions ? 
• 296. What are disjunctive conjunctions ? 
297. W^hat«s an interjection ? 

§ 1. Of what does Syntax treat ? 

2. Of what does a proposition consist? 

3. What is the subject of a proposition ? 



106 SYNTAX. . 

• 4. The predicate expresses that which is affirmed 
of the subject. 

ThuSj in the proposition Equus currit, The horse 'runs, equus is 
the subject, and cwrrzY is the .predicate. 

• 5. The grammatical subject is either a noun, or 
some word standing for a noun. 'The logical subject 
consists of the grammatical gubject, with its various 
modifications. 

Thus, Conscientia bene actse vitse est jucundissima, Tlie con- 
.sciousne.ss of a well-spent life is very pleasant. Here conscientia: 
is the. grammatical, and conscientia bene actce vitce the logical, sub- 
. ject. ^ 

6. The grammatical predicate is either a. v6rb 
alone, or the copula sum with a noun or adjective. 
The logical predicate consists of the grammatical • 
predicate with its various modifications. 

Thus, Scipio fudit 'Annibalis copias, Sclpio routed the forces of 
Hannibal. Here fudit is the grammatical, and fudA-t Annibdlis ' 
copias the logical predicate. 

7.. A sent-ence may consist either of one proposition, 
or of two or more propositions connected together. 

8. A sentence consisting of one proposition is called 
a 527?ipZ;e sentence. ' . 

•9. A sentence consisting of two or more proposi- 
tions, is called a compouncb sentence, and the pK)posi- 
tions of which it is composed are. called members^ oj 
clauses. 

10. That member of a compound sentence on which 
the others depend is called the, leading, clause; its 

4. What is tb6 predicate of a proposition ? 
•5. What is the distinction between the grammatical and the 
logical subject ? 

6. What is the distinction between the grammat^al and logi- 
cal predicate ? 

7. Of what does a sentence consist ? 

8. What is a simple sentence ? 

9. What is a contpound sentence ? 

10. What is the leading clause of a compound sentence ? 



SYNTAX APPOSITION. • 107 

subject, the leading subject ; and its verb, the leading 
' verb. * 

11. The members of a compound sentence may be 
connected by relative vi^ords, conjunctions, or- ad- 
verbs. 

12. Agreement is the correspondence of one v^ord 
with another in gender, number, case, or person, 

13. A word is said to govern another,* when it re- 
quires it to bet put in a certain case or mood. 

14. A- word is said to depend on another, when its 
case, gender, number, mood, tense, or person, is de- 
termined by that word. 

15. A word is said to follow another, when it de- 
pends upon it in construction, whatever may be its 
position in the proposition. 



APPOSITION. 

16. A noun, annexed to another noun or to a pro- 
noun, and denoting the same person or thing, is put 
in the same case ; as, 

Roma urbs, the city Rome. Nos consules, we consuls. 

17. Rem. 1. A noun in apposition to two or mbre 
nouns, is usually put in the plural ; as, 

il/. Antonius, C. Cassias tribuni jplebis ; Mark Antony (and) 
Caius Cassius, tribunes of the people. 

11. How may the members of a (compound sentence be con- 
nected ? . . 

12. What is agreement ? 

13. When is a word said to govern another ? . 

14. When is a word s.ald to depend on another 1 

15. When is a word said to follow another 1 

16. What is the rule for words in'apposition ? 

17. What is said of a noun in apposition to two or more 
nouns ? • . , 



108 SYNTAX ADJECTIVES. 

18. Rem. 2. The principal noun or pronoun in . 
the answer to a question, must be in the same case, 
with the corresponding interrogative word; as, 

Quis herus est tibi ? Amphitruo. Who is your master ? 
Amphitruo. ,Q,md qucei'is ? Librum. What are you looking- for ? 
A book. 



ADJECTIVES. 

19. Adjectives, adjective pronouns, and participles, 
agree with their nouns^ in gender, number,, and case ; 
as. 

Bonus vir, A good man. ' Bonos vi^'os, Good men. 

Benigna mater, A kind mother. Vanaz leges, Useless laws. 
Triste helium, A sad war." • Hmc res, This thing-. 

20. Rem. 1. An adjective, belonging to two or 
more nouns, is put in the plural ; as. 

Lupus et agnus 5ztz compulsi; A wolf and a lamb constrained 
b}' thirst. 

21. Exc. The adjective often agrees with, the 
nearest noun, and is understood with the rest; as, 

Sociis et rege recepto, Our companions and king- being- recov- 
ered. 

. When the nouns- are of different genders, 

32. (1.) If'they denote living things, the adjective 
is masculine rather than feminine ; as, 

Pater mihi et 'mater mcrtui sunt, My fatiier and mother are 
dead. 

18. What is the rule for interrogative and responsive words ? 

19. Wliat is the rule for the agreement of adjectives ? 

20. Ot^ what number is an adjective belonging to two or more 
nouns 1 \ " 

21. What exception is there lo this jem.ark ? 

22. What is the rule when the nouns are of different genders^ but 
denote living things ? * 



. SYNTAX ADJECTIVES. 109 

23. (2.) If they denote things without life, the ad- 
jective is generally neuter ; as, 

HI.s genus, cetas, eloqueniia prope sequalia fuere ; Their family^ 
age, and eloquence, were nearly equal. 

24. Rem 2. An adjective qualifying a collective 
noun, is often put in the plural, taking the gender of 
the individuals which the noun denotes ; as, 

Pars certdre parati, A part prepared lo contend. 

25. Rem. 3. An adjective is often used alone, the 
noun with which it agrees being understood ; as, 

Boni sunt rari, sc. homines; Good (men) are rare. DexLra sc. 
manus ; The rig-ht (hand.) 

26. Rem. 4. Neuter adjectives are very often used 
alone, when the word thing is to be supplied in Eng- 
lish ; as, 

Trisle lupus stabUis ; The wolf, a grievous (thing) to the folds. 

27. Rl:m. 5. Imperatives, infinitives, adverbs, 
clauses, and words considered merely as such, may 
be used substantively, and take a neuter adjective ; 

as, 

Supremum vale dixit, He pronounced a last farewell. Nunquam 
est utile peccare, To do wrong is never useful. • 

28. Rem. 6. The adjectives 'primus, medius, iilti' 
muSy infimus, summus, supremus^ reliquus, and cetera, 
often signify the first part, the middle part, 6lc: of a 
thing; as. 

Media nox, The middle of the night. Sumnia arbor, The high- 
est part of a tree. 

23. What is the rule when the nouns are of different genders, but 
denote things without life ? 

24. What is the rule for an adjective qualifying a collective 
noun 1 

25. Is the noun to which an adjective belongs always expressed? 

26. What is said of wew^er adjectives when used alone ? 

27. When imperatives, infinitives, &.c. are used substanlively, of 
Vv'hat gender are their adjectives ? 

28. What is the remark respecting the adjectives primus, 
medius, &c. ? 

7 



110 SUBJECT-NOMINATIVE AND VERB. 

RELATIVES. 

29. Relatives agree with their antecedents in gen- 
der and number, but their case depends on the con- 
struction of the clause to which they belong ; as, 

Puer qui legit, The boy wbo reads. Animal quod currit,The. 
animal which runs. Litercc quas dedi, The letter whijjh I g-ave. 

30. Rem. 1. Sometimes the antecedent is a prop- 
osition, and then the relative is commonly neuter ; 
as, 

Fost7'emd, quod dijicillimum inter mortdles, gloria invidiam 
vicisti ; Finally, you have overcome envy with glory, lohich, 
among" men, is very difficult. 

31. Rem. 2. The relative at the beginning of a 
sentence may often be translated by a demonstrative 
pronoun ; as. 

Quae ciini ita sint, Since these things are so, 
NOxMINATIVE. 

SUBJECT- NOMINATIVE AND VERB. 

82. A verb agrees with its subject-nominative, in 
number and person ; as. 

Ego lego, I read. Nos- legimus. We read. 

Tu scribis, Thou write st. Vos scribitis. You write. 

Equus currit. The horse runs. Equi currunt. Horses run. 

33. Rem. 1. The nominatives ego, tu, nos, vos, 
are seldom expressed ; as, cupio, I desire ;' vivis, thou 

29. What is the rule for the agreement of relatives 1 

30. Of what gender is the relative when the etptecedent is a prop- 
osition ? , 

31. How may the relative be translated at the beginning of a 
sentence ? 

32. What is the rule for the agreement of a verb 1 

33. What nominatives are seldom expressed ? 



SUBJECT-NOMINATIVE AND VERB. Ill 

livest ; hahemiis, we have. The nominative of the 
third person also is often omitted. 

34. Rem. 2. The relative qui may refer to an an- 
tecedent either of the first, second, or third person ; 
and its verb takes the person of the antecedent ; as, 

Ego qui lego, I who read. Tu qni scribis, Thou who writest. 
Equus qui currit, The horse which runs. 

35. Rem. 3. A collective noun has sometimes a 
plural verb ; as, 

Pars epulis onerant mensas, Part load the tables with food. 

3G. Rem. 4. Two or more nominatives singular, 
not in apposition, generally have a plural verb; as. 

Furor ira^w^ mentem preecipitant, Fury and rag"e hurry on (my) 
mind. 

37. Rem. 5. A singular verb is often used after 
several nominatives singular, especially if they denote 
things without life. 

38. Rem. 6. If the nominatives are of different 
persons, the verb agrees with the first person rather 
than the second, and with the second rather than the 
third ; as. 

Si tu et Tullia valetis, ego et Cicero valemus j If you and 
Tullia are w^ell, Cicero and I are well. 

39. Rem. 7. The interjections en, ecce, and O, are 
sometimes followed by the nominative ; as. 

En Pridmus! Lo Priam! Ecce homo Catienus ! O vir 
fovtis atque amicus ! 

34. Of what person is a verb when it agrees with the relative 
qui 1 

35. Of what number is the verb of a collective noun 1 

36. Of what number is the verb which agrees with two or more 
nouns ? 

37. What is the rule when the nominatives denote things without 
life ? . 

38. Of what person is the verb when its nominatives are of dif- 
ferent persons ? 

39. What intefjections are followed by the nominative? 



112 PRED. NOM. GENITIVE AFTER NOUNS> 

PREDICATE-NOMINATIVE. 

40. A noun in the predicate, after a verb neuter or 
passive, is put in the same case as the subject, when 
it denotes the same person or thing ; as, 

Ira furor brevis est, Ang-er is a short madness. Ego vocor 
LyconideS; I am called Lyconides. Ego incedo regina, I walk 
a queen. Judicem me esse volo, I wish to be a judg-e. 



GENITIVE. 

GENITIVE AFTER NOUNS. 

41. A noun which limits the meaning of another 
iioun, denoting a different person or thing, is put in 
the genitive ; as, 

Amor gloricc, Love of glory. Vitium iron, The vice of anger. 

Anna Achillis, The arms of Nemorum custos, The guardian 

Achilles. of the groves. 

Pater patrim, The father of the Amor habendi, Love of posses- 
country, sing. 

42. Rem. 1. A substantive pronoun, which limits 
the meaning of a noun, is put in the genitive ; as, 

Cura mei, Care for me. Pars tui, Part of thee. Nostri nun- 
cius^ Our messenger. 

43. Rem. 2. The dative is sometimes used like the 
genitive; as, 

Exitiuiii pecori, A destruction to the flock. Cui corpus por- 
rigitur, For whom the body is extended, i. e. whose body is 
extended. 



40. What is the rule for the predicate-nominative and accusa- 
tive ? 

4L What is the rule for the genitive after nouns? 

42. What is the rule for the genitive of substantive pronouns? 

43. What other case is sometimes used instead of the geni- 
tive ? 



GENITIVE AFTER PARTITIVES. 113 

44. Rem. 3. When the limiting noun denotes a 
property^ character, or quality, \i has an adjective 
agreeing with it, and is put either in the genitive or 
ablative ; as, 

Vir exempli recti, A man of correct, example. Adolescens 
summcB audacice, A youth of the greatest boldness. Fossa pe- 
dum viginti, A ditch of twenty feet. P ulchritiidine eximicL 
femina, A woman of exquisite beauty. Maximo natujilius, The 
eldest son. 

45. When the noun on which the genitive depends 
^'igm^es part , property , duty, office, characteristic, &:c. 
it is often omitted after the verb sum ; as, 

Temeritas est Jiorentis cjatdtis, .prudejitia senectutis, Rashness 
is (the characteristic) of youth, prudence of old age. Adolescen- 
tis est majores natit revereri, It is (the dut}^) of a youth to rever- 
ence the ag-ed. 

GENITIVE AFTER PARTITIVES. 

46. Nouns, adjectives, adjective pronouns, and ad- 
verbs, denoting a part, are followed by a genitive 
denoting the whole ; as, 

Pars civiidtis, A part of the state. Nulla s or or um, No one of 
the sisters. Aliquis philosophorum, Some one of the philoso- 
phers. Quis mortalium? Who of mortals ? Major juvtnum, 
The elder of the youths. Doctissimus Romajwrum, The most 
learned of the Romans. Mulluni pecunice, Much (of) money. 
Satis eloquentice, Enough of eloquence. Ubinam geuti^im sumus? 
Where on earth are we 1 

GENITIVE AFTER ADJECTIVES. 

47. A noun, limiting the meaning of an adjective, 

44. What is the rule for the genitive denoting a property, char- 
dicier, &c. ? 

45. When is the noun on which the genitive depends often omit- 
ted ? 

46. What is the rule for the genitive after partitives? 

47. after adjectives ? 



114 GENITIVE AFTER VERBS. 

is put in the genitive, to denote the relation expressed 
in English by of, or in respect of ; as, 

Avldus laudis, Desirous of praise. Ajjpetens glories , Desir- 
ous of glor}'. Memor virtutis, Mindful of virtue. Plena timo- 
ris, Full of fear. Egemis aqucB, Destitute of water. Doctus 
fandi, Skilful in speaking. 

GEjyiTITE AFTER VERBS. 

48. Sum, and verbs of valuing, are followed by a 
genitive, denoting degree of estimation ; as, 

A me argentum, quanti est s?imito ; Take of me so much money 
as (he) Is worth. ?»Iag-ni c&stimdbat pecuniani, He valued money 
greatly. 

49. Misereor, miseresco, and the impersonals mise- 
ret, poenitet, pudet, tmdet, and piget, are followed by 
a genitive of the object in respect to which the feel- 
ing is exercised ; as, 

• Bliseremini sociorum, Pity the allies. Miser esclte regis, Pity 
the king-. Tui me miseret, I pity you. , 

50. Sat ago is followed by a genitive denoting in 
ivhat respect ; as. 

Is satdgit rerum sudrum,-'H.e is busily occupied with his own 
affairs. 

51. Recordor, memini, reminiscor, and ohliviscor, 
are followed by a genitive or accusative of the object 
remembered or forgotten ; as, 

Hujus meriti recordor, I remember his merit. Ovines gradus 
oetdtis recordor tuce, I call to mind all the periods of your life. 
Blemini vivorum, I am mindful of the living. Numeros memini, 
I remember the measure. Cinnam memini, I remember Cin- . 
na. 



48. What is the rule for the genitive after sum, and verbs o^ val- 
uing 1 

49. What is the rule for the genitive after misereor, fee.? 

50. What is the rule for the genitive after saidgo? 

51. What is the rule for the genitive after recordor, &c. ? 



GENITIVE OF PLACE. 115 

52. Verbs o^ accusing, convicting , condemning ^ and 
acquitting, are followed by a genitive denoting the 
crime ; as, 

Argnit me furti, He accuses me of theft. Alterum accusat 
probri, He accuses another of yillany. 

53. Verbs of admonishing are followed by a geni- 
tive denoting that in respect to which the admonition 
is given ; as, 

Milites temporis monetj He admonishes the soldiers of the oc- 
casion. 

54. Refert and interest are followed by a genitive 
of the person or thing whose concern or interest they 
denote ; as, 

Humanitdtis refert, It concerns human nature. Interest om- 
nium rectt facere, It concerns all to do right. 

55. Rem. Instead of the genitive of the substan- 
tive pronouns, the adjective pronouns mea, tua, sua, 
nostra, and vestra, are used ; as, 

Mea nihil refert. It does not concern me. 

GENITIVE OF PLACE. 

56. The name of a town in which any thing is said 
to be, or to be done, if of the first or second declen- 
sion and singular number, is put in the genitive ; as, 

Habitat Mileti, He lives at Miletus. Quid Romoe faciam? 
What can I do at Rome ? 

52. What is the rule for the genitive after verbs of accusing, 
&c.? 

53. What is the rule for the genitive after verbs of admonish' 
ing, &c ? 

54. What is the rule for the genitive after refert and interest? 
bb. What is said respecting the genitive of substantive pronouns 

after refert and interest ? 

bQ. What is the rule for the genitive of place ? 

t7 



116 DATIVE AFTER ADJECTIVES, AFTER VERBS. 

57. The genitives domi, militicB^ belli, and Jiumi, 
are construed like names of towns; as, 

Tenuit se domi, He staid at home. Una semper militiae et 
domi fuimuSy We were always tog-ether, both at home and 
abroad. 



DATIVE. 

DATIVE AFTER ADJECTIVES. 

58. A noun limiting the meaning of an adjective, 
is put in the dative, to denote the object or end to 
which the quality is directed ; as, 

Utilis agris, Useful to the fields. Jucundus amicis, Agreea- 
ble to (his) friends. Inimicus quieti, Unfriendly to rest. 

DATIVE AFTER VERBS. 

59. A noun limiting the meaning of a verb, is put 
in the dative, to denote the object or end, to or for 
which any thing is, or is done ; as, 

Mea domus tibi patet, My house is open to you. Tibi seriSj 
tibi metis ; You sow for yourself, you reap for yourself. Licet 
nemini; It is lawful to no one. Hoc tibi proniitto, I promise this 
to you. 

*59. Re3I. 1. Many verbs signifying toy«vor,|?Zea5e, 
trusty and their contraries, also to assist, command, 
obey , serve, resist, threaten, and be angry, gq,vern the 
dative ; as, 

Ilia iih'ifavet, She favors you. ' * • 

57. What other nouns are construed in the g^enitive like names of 
towns 1 

58. What is the rule for the dative after adjectives ? 

59. What is the rule for the dative after verbs ? 

*59. What is the rule for verbs signifying \o favor, &c. ? 



DATIVE AFTER VERBS. 1 17 

60. Many verbs compounded with these eleven 
prepositions, ady ante, con, in, inter, oh, post, prcB, pro, 
sub, and super, are followed by the dative ; as, 

Annue coeptis, Favor (our) undertakings. Romdnis equitibus 
litevcB afferuntur, Letters are brought to the Roman knig-hts. 
Antecellere omnibus, To excel all. 

61. Rem. 2. Some verbs of repelling and taking 
away (most of which are compounds oiah, de, or ex,) 
are sometimes followed by the dative, though more 
commonly by the ablative ; as, 

Nee mihi te eripient, Nor shall they take you from me. 

62. Verbs compounded with satis^ bene, and male, 
are followed by the dative ; as, 

Et naturae ei legibus satisfecit, He satisfied both nature and 
the laws. Pulchrurn est henefacere reipublicee; It is honorable to 
benefit the state. 

63. The participle in dus is followed by a dative of 
the agent; as, 

Bemel omnibus calcanda est via leti, The way of death must 
once be trod by all, 

64. Est is followed by a dative denoting a posses- 
sor ; — the thing possessed being the subject of the 
verb ; as. 

Est mihi domi pater, I have a father at home. Sunt nobis 
mitia poma, We have mellow apples. 

QS. Sum, and several other verbs, are followed by 
two datives, one of which denotes the object to lohich, 
the other the end for ivhich, any thing is, or is done; as, 

Mihi maximcM est cnr^id, It is a very great care to me. ^pero 
nobis hanc conjunctidnem voluptati fore, I hope that this union 
will bring- pleasure to us. 

60. What is the rule for the dative after verbs compounded with 
prepositions 1 

61. after verbs Q){ repelling and taking aumy ? 

62. after verbs compounded with satis, &c. ? 

63. after the participle in dus? 64. after est? 

65. • after sum, &c. ? 



118 ACCUSATIVE AFTER VERBS. 

66. Some particles are followed by the dative of the 
end or object ; as, 

Proximh castris, Very near to the camp. Congruenter natu- 
rm, Agreeably to nature. Mihi clam est, It is unknown to me. 
Hei mihi ! Ah me ! Vcb mihi ! Wo is me ! 



ACCUSATIVE. 
ACCUSATIVE AFTER VERBS. 

67. The object of an active verb is put in the ac- 
cusative ; as, 

Legdtos mittunt, They send ambassadors. Animus movet 
corpus, The mind moves the bodt. Da veniam hanc, Grant this 
favor. Eum imitdti sunt. They imitated him. 

68. Rem. 1. An infinitive, or one or more clauses, 
may supply the place of the accusative ; as. 

Da mihi fallere. Give me to deceive. 

69. Rem. 2. The impersonal verbs miser et^ posni- 
tet, pudet, tcedet, and piget, likewise miserescit, mise- 
retur, a,nd pert cs sum est, are followed by an accusative 
of the person exercising the feeling ; as, 

Eorum nos miseret, We pity them. 

70. Juvat, delectat , fallit , fugit , ^nd prcBterit) also, 
are followed by an accusative of the person ; as, 

Te hildri animo esse valde vae juvat, That you are in good 
spirits delights me. 

71. Verbs signifying to name or call, to choose, 
render, or constitute, to esteem or reckon, are fol- 

66. What is the rule for the dative after particles? 

67. What is the rule for the object of an active verb? 

68. What may supply the place of the accusative? 

69. What is the rule for the accusative after miseret, &;c. ? 

70. dihev jux^at, delectat, &c. ? 

71. after verbs signifying to name or call, &c. ? 



ACCUSATIVE AFTER VERBS. 119 

lowed by two accusatives denoting the same person or 
thing ; as, 

Urbem Antiochiam vocdvit, He called the city Antioch. 

72. Rem. 3. Many other verbs, besides their pro- 
per accusative, take a second, denoting a purpose, 
time, character, &,c. ; as, 

Talem se imperatorem prmbuit, He showed himself such a 
commander. 

73. Verbs of ashing, demanding, and teaching, and 
celo (to conceal,) are followed by two accusatives, one 
of a person, the other of a thing ; as, 

Posce deos veniam, Ask favor of the g-ods. Quis musicam 
docuit Epaminondam ? Who taught Epaminondas music ? An- 
tigpnus iter omiies cdat, Antig-onus conceals his route from 
all. 

74. Some neuter verbs are followed by an accusa- 
tive of kindred signification to their own ; as, 

Vitam vivere, To live a life. Istam pug nam pugndbo, I will 
fight that battle. 

75. Many verbs are followed by an accusative de- 
pending upon a preposition with which they are com- 
pounded; as, 

Omnem equitdtum pontem transducit, He leads all the cavalry 
over the bridge. ' Magicas accingier artes. To be prepared for 
magic arts. . 

76. When the active voice takes an accusative 
both of a person and thing, the passive retains the 
latter ; as, 

Rogdtus est sententiam, He was asked his opinion. 

72. What is the rule for the accusative denoting di purpose, time, 
character, &c. ? 

73. What is the rule for verbs of askings demanding, &c. ? 

74. Do neuter verbs ever govern an accusative ? 

75. What is the rule for the accusative after verbs compounded 
with a preposition 1 

76. When the active voice of a verb takes two accusatives, how 
is it construed in the passive ? 



120 



ACCUSATIVE AFTER PREPOSITIONS. 



77. An adjective, verb, and participle, are some^- 
times followed by an accusative denoting the part to 
which their signification relates; as, 

Nudus membra, Bare as to (his) limbs. 

Remark. — This construction is usually called Synecdoche. 

ACCUSATIVE AFTER PREPOSITIONS. 



78. Twenty-six 


prepositions are followed by the 


accusative. These are, 






ad, 




extra, 


post. 


adversLis or adversum, 


infra, 


praeter. 


ante, 




inter, 


prope. 


apud, 




intra. 


propter. 


circa or circum, 




juxta. 


> secundum, 


circiter, 




ob, 


supra, 


cis or citra. 




penes, 


trans. 


contra, 




per. 


ultra 5 as, 


erga, 




pone, 





Ad templum, To the temple. Adversus hostes, Against the 
enemy. Cis Rhenum, This side the Rhine. Intra muros,Wiih- 
in the walls. Penes reges, In the power of king's. 

79. In and sub, denoting tendency, dixe followed by 
the accusative; denoting situation, they' are followed 
by the ablative ; as. 

Via ducit in urbem, The way conducts into the city. Exer- 
citus sub jug-um missus est, The army was sent under the yoke. 
Media innxhe,\u. the midst of the city. Bella sub Iliads moe- 
nibus ger-tre, To wage war under the Trojan walls. 

80. Super is commonly followed by the accusative ; 
but when it signifies either on or concerning, it. takes 
the ablative ; as, . 

Super labentem culmina tecti, Gliding" over the top of the house. 
Super tenero prosiernit gramine corpus^ He stretches (his) body 

77. What is the rule for the accusative by synecdoche? 

78. What is the rule for the accusative after prepositioj}S ? 

79. What is the rule for in and sub? 

80. for super ? ' 



ACCUSATIVE OF TIME AND SPACE PLACE. 121 

on the tender grass. Multa super Priamo rogitans super Hec- 
tore multa, .... concerning' Priam, &c. 

81. Siibtcr generally takes the accusative, but some- 
times the aWative ; as, 

Siibier terras^ Under the earth. Suhter densd testudine. 

82. Clairi is followed either by the accusative or 
ablative; as, 

Clam vos, Wiliiout 3^our knowledge. Clam patre. Clam 
also occurs with a genitive — Clam patris 3 and even "with a 
dative — Mihi ccam est. 

ACCUSATIVE OF ^IME AND SPACE. 

83. Nouns denoting duration of time, or extent of 
space, are put, after other nouns and verbs, in the ac- 
cusative, and sometimes after verbs in the ablative ; as, 

Vixi annos triginta, I have lived thirty years. Annos 7iatus 
viginii septem, Twenty -seven years old. Duas fossas quindecim 
pedes latas perduxit, He extended two ditches fifteen feet broad. 

ACCUSATIVE OF PLACE. 

84. After verbs expressing or implying motion, the 
name of the town in which the motion ends is put in 
the accusative without a preposition ; as, 

Regulus Carthaginem re.diit, Regulas returned to Carthage. 
Capuam jf^cc^i^ iter, He turns (his) course to Capua. 

85. Rem. Domus in both numbers, and rus in the 
singular, are put in the accusative, like names of 
towns ; as, 

lie domuvL, Go home. Rus ibo, I will go into the country. 

31. What is the rule for subter ? 

82. for clam 1 

83. for the accusative ai time and space? 

84^. for ihe accusative of place? 

85. What other nouns are construed in the accusative like i\fimes 
of towns ? 



122 VOCATIVE ABLATIVE. 

ACCUSATIVE AFTER I^'TERJECTIO]yS. 

86. The interjections en^ ecce^ O, heu, and^ro, are 
sometimes followed by the accusative; as, 

En quatuor aras ! ecce duas tibi Do.phni ' Behold four altars'! 
lo^ two for thee Daphnis 1 

SUBJECT-ACCUSATIA^E. 

87. The subject of the infinitive mood is put in the 
accusative ; as, 

Molestt Pompeium id ferre constdbat, That Pompey took that 
ill, was evident. Mir or te ad me nihil scribere, I wonder that 
you do not write to me. 

VOCATIVE. 

88. The vocative is used, either with or without an 
interjection, in addressing a person or thing ; as, 

O formose puer ! O beautiful boy I Fili mi, 3Iy son. 
ABLATIVE. 

ABLATIVE AFTER PREPOSITIONS. 

89. Eleven prepositions are folio vred by the ablative. 

90. These are, 

a, ab or abs, cum, palam, sine, 

absque, de^ pres, tenus 3 as, 

coram, e or ex, pro, 

Ab ilia tempore. From that time. A scribendo, From writing". 
Cum exercitu, With the army. Certis de causis, For certain 
reasons. Ex fugd, From flight. 

86. What interjections are followed by the accusative ? 

87. What is the rule for the subject accusative ? 

88. How is the vocative used ? 

89* What is the rule for the ablative after prepositions ? 
50. WJsat prepositions are followed by the ablative ? 



ABLATIVE AFTER CERTAIN NOUNS, 6lC. 123 

91: Many verbs compounded with a, ah, abs, de, e, 
ex, and super, are followed by an ablative depending 
upon the preposition ; as, 

Abesse urbc, To be absent from the city. Detrudunt naves 
scopulo, They push the ships from the rock. 



ABLATIVE AFTER CERTAIN NOUNS, ADJEC- 
TIVES, AND VERBS. 

92. Opus and usus, signifying need, are usually 
limited by the ablative ; as, 

Auctoritate tud nobis opus est, We need your authority. Na- 
ves, quibus proconsuli usus nan esset ; Ships^ for which the pro- 
consul had no occasion. 

93. Dignus, indignus, contentus , prced^tus , andyr^- 
tus, are followed by the ablative ; as, 

Dignus laude, Worthy of praise. Vox populi majestate in- 
digna, A speech unworthy of the dignity of the people. 

94. Utor , fruor , fungor , potior , vescor, smd dignor, 
are followed by the ablative; as, 

His vocTbus usa est, She used these words. Frui voluptate, 
To enjoy pleasure. Fungitur officio, He performs (his) duty. 

95 LcBtor, gaudeo, glorior, jacto, nitor, sto, fido, 
confido, muto, misceo^ epulor, vivo, assuesco, and con- 
sto (to consist of,) are often followed by the ablative 
w^ithout a preposition ; as, 

LcBtor tud dig-nitate, I rejoice in your dignity. 

96. The ablative without a preposition is used after 
sum, to denote the situation or circumstances of the 
subject of the verb ; as, 

Tamen magno timore sum, Yet I am in great fear. 

91. What prepositions in composilion are sometimes followed by 
the ablative ? 

92. What is the rule for opus and us7is 7 

93. What is the construction o^ dignus, indignus, &c. ? 

94. o^ utor , fruor , &c.?' 95. o( Icet or, gaudeo, (fcc? 

96. What is said of the ablative after sum ? 



124 ABLATIVE OF CAUSE, &LC, 

97. 'Perfect participles denoting origin, are often, 
followed by the ablative of the source, without a prep- 
osition ; as, 

Nate ded! O son of .a goddess! Tantdlo progndtus, De- 
scended from Tantalus. Satus Nereide, Sprung from a Nereid. 

ABLATIVE OF CAUSE, &C. 

98. Nouns denoting the cause, manner, means, and 
instr2iment, after adjectives and verbs, are put in the 
ablative without a preposition ; as, 

Animus cEger avaritia, A mind diseased through avarice. 
Omnibus modis miser sum, I am ever3' way miserable. Silentio 
auditus est, He was heard in silence. Trabs saucia seciiri, A 
tree cut with the axe. 

99. The voluntary agent of a verb in the passive 
voice is put in the ablative with a or ab ; as, 

(In the active voice.) Clodius me diligit, Clodius loves me; 
(in the passive,) A Clodio diligor, I am loved by Clodius. 

100. A noun denoting that loitJi which the action 
of a verb is performed, though not the instrument, is 
put in the ablative without a preposition ; as, 

InstruqpSre epulis mensas. They furnished the tables with food. 
Naves one rani auro, They load the ships with gold. Cumulat 
altaria donis, He heaps the altars with gifts. Terra se gramine 
vestit, The earth clothes itself with grass. 

101. A noun denoting that in accordance wdth 
which any thing is, or is done, is often put in the ab- 
lative without a preposition ; as, 

Nostro more, According to our custom Instituto &mo Cocsar 
copias suas edaxit ; Caesar, according to his practice, led out his 
forces. 



97. What is the rule for the ablative o( source ? 

98. for the ablative o^ cause, «fec.? 

99. for the voluntary agent of a verb in the passive voice? 

100. for the noun denoting that with which the action of 

the verb is performed 1 
lOL for the ablative of accordance ? 



ABLATIVE OF PRICE. 125 

102. The ablative denoting accompaniment, is usu- 
ally joined with cum ; as, 

Vagdmur egentes cum conjug-ibus et liberis 5 Needy^ we wan- 
der with (our) wives and children. 

103. A noun, adjective, or verb, may be followed 
by the ablative, denoting in what respect their signifi- 
cation is taken ; as, 

Pietdtejilius, consiliis pareiis ; In affection a son, in counsel a 
parent. Reges nomine magis qud,rn imperio, Kings in name 
raiher than in authority. Jure perltus, Skilled in law. Anxius 
aniino, Anxious in mind. Pedibus ceger, Lame in his feet. 

Remark. — To this principle may be referred the following" 
rules : 

104. I. Adjectives o^ plenty or loant are sometimes 
limited by the ablative ; as, 

Domus plena servis, A house full of servants. Dives agris^ 
Rich in land. Inops verbis, Deficient in words. Orba fratri- 
bus, Destitute of brothers. 

105. II. Verbs . signifying to ahound, and to be 
destitute, are followed by the ablative ; as, 

Scatentem belluis pontum, The sea abounding" in monsters. 
Urbs redundat militibus, The city is full of soldiers. 

106. A noun denoting that of which any thing is 
deprived^ or from which it is separated, is often put in 
the ablative without a preposition : as, 

Nudantur arbores foliis, The trees are stripped of leaves. 
Hoc me libera metu, Free me from this fear. 

ABLATIVE OF PRICE. 

107. The price of a thing is put in the ablative, 

102. What is the rule for the ablative o^ accompaniment? 

103. for the ablative denoting in what respect 1 

104. for adjectives of plenty or want 1 

lOo. for verbs signifying \.o abound and to be destitute? 

106. for a noun denoting thai of which an}' thing is deprived ? 

107. for the ablative of price ? 



126 ABLATIVE OF TIME OF PLACE. 

except when expressed by the adjectives tanti, quanti^ 
pluris, minoris ; as, 

Vendidit hie auro patriam, This one sold (his) country for g-old. 

ABLATIVE OF TIME. 

108. A noun denoting the time ut or loitliin which 
any thing is said to be, or to be done, is put in the. 
ablative without a preposition ; as, 

Die quinto decessit, He died on the fifth day. Hoc tempore, 
At this time. 

ABLATIVE OF PLACE. 

109. The name of a town in which any thing is 
said to be, or to be done, if of the third declension or 
plural number, is put in the ablative without a prepo- 
sition : as, 

Alexander Bab3']one est mortuus, Alexander died at Babylon. 
Thebis nutritus an Argis^ Whether broug-ht up at Thebes or at 
Arg-os. 

110. After verbs expressing or implying motion, the 
name of a town whence the motion proceeds, is put in 
the ablative, without a preposition ; as, 

Brundisio profecti sumus, We departed from Brundisium. 
Corintho arcessivit colOnos, He sent for colonists /rom Corinth. 

ill. The ablatives domo, humo, and ?^ure ox ruri, 
are used, like names of towns, to denote the place 
whence motion proceeds ; as, 

Domo profectus, Having set out from home. Surgit humo 
juvenis, The youth rises from the ground. 

108. What is the rule for the ablative of time? 

109. for the ablative of place? 

110. for the ablative after verbs expressing or implying 

motion ? 

111. What other names of places are used in the same man- 
ner? 



ABLATIVE AFTER COMPARATIVES, 6lC, 127 

ABLATIVE AFTER COMPARATIVES. 

112. The comparative degree is followed by the 
ablative, when qiidm is omitted; as. 

Nihil est viriiXie for jnosius , Nothing- is more beautiful than vir- 
tue. Qiiis C. Leelio comior ? Who is more courteous than C. 
Laelius ? 

113. Rem. 1. Plies, minus, and amplius, are often 
used without quctm, and yet are commonly followed 
by the same case as if it were expressed ; as, 

Hostium plus quinque millia ccesi eo die, More than five thou- 
sand of the enemy were slain that day. 

114. Rem. 2. The degree of difference between 
objects compared is expressed by the ablative; as, 

' Minor uno mense, Younger by one month. Quanto sumus 
superiores , tanto nos subniissius gerdmus ; The more eminent 
we are, the more humbly let us conduct ourselves. 

ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 

115. A noun and a participle are put in the abla- 
tive called absolute, to denote the time, cause, or con- 
comitant of an action, or the condition on which it 
depends; as, 

Pythagoras, Tarquinio Superbo regnante. in Italiam venit ; 
Tarquinius Superbus reigning, Pythagoras came into Italy. 
Lupus, stimulante famC; capiat ovlle ; Hunger inciting, the wolf 
seeks the fold. 

116. A noun is put in the ablative absolute, only 
when it denotes a different person or thing from any 
in the leading clause. 

112. What case follows the comparative degree when quam is 
omitted 1 

113. What is the construction oi plus, minus, and ampliiis? 

114. How is degree of difference expressed ? 

115. What is the rule for the ablative absolute ? 

116. What limitation is there in the use of the ablative absolute ? 

8 



128 SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER PARTICLES, &C. 

117. As the verb sum has no present participle, two 
nouns, or a noun and an adjective, are put in the ab- 
lative absolute without a participle; as. 

Quid, adolescenttilo duce, efficere possent ? What could they 
do, a youth (being) their leader? Romam venit, Mario consule, 
He came to Rome in the consulship of Marius. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

118. The subjunctive is used to express what is 
contingent or hypothetical, moXudmg possibility ^ pow- 
er, liberty, will, duty, and desire. 

1 19. RexM. The present subjunctive is often used 
to express a wish, an exhortation, a request, a com- 
mand, or a permission ; as, 

Ne sim salvus, May I perish. Lt media arma ruamus, Let us 
rush into the midst of arms. Ne me attingas. Do not touch me. 
Faciat quod lubet, Let him do what he pleases. 

SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER PARTICLES. 

120. A clause denoting the purpose, object, or result 
of a preceding proposition, takes the subjunctive after 
ut, ne, quo, quin, and quommus ; as, 

Ea, non ut ie instituerem, scripsi; I did not write that in order 
to instruct you. Irritant ad pugnandum, quo fiant acriores ; 
They stimulate them to tig-ht, that they may become fiercer. 

121. Rem. Ut is often omitted before the sub- 
junctive, after verbs denoting willingness, or permis- 
sion, asking, advising, 6lc. 

111. What construction arises from the want of a present parti- 
ciple of the verb sum ? 

118. How is the subjunctive used 1 

119. How is the presieut subjunctive often used ? 

120. What is the general rule for the subjunctive after parti' 
cles? 

121. After what classes of verbs is ut omitted ? 



SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER QUI. 129 

122. The subjunctive is used after particles of 
wishing; as, utinam, uti, and O ! si; as, 

Utinam minus vitce. cupidi fuissemus ! O that we had been 
less attached to life ! 

123. Qua7nvis, however ; licet ^ although ; tanquam, 
quasi, ac si, ut si, velut si, veluti, and ceu, as if; 
modo, dum, and dummodo, provided, — take the sub- 
junctive ; as, 

Quamvis ille felix sit, However happy he may be. Veritas 
licet nullum defensorem obtineat, Though truth should obtain no 
defender. 

124. After antequam ^nd priusquam, the imperfect, 
and pluperfect tenses are usually in the subjunctive ; 
the present and perfect may be either in the indica- 
tive or subjunctive ; as, 

Ea causa ante mortua est, quam tu natus esseS; That cause 
was dead before you were born. 

125. Dum, donee, quoad, signifying until, are fol- 
lowed by the subjunctive, if they refer to the attain- 
ment of an object ; as, 

Dum hie veniret, locum relinquere noluit ; He was unwilling- 
to leave the place until he (Milo) should come. 

126. Quum, or cicm, when it signifies a relation of 
time, takes the indicative ; when it denotes a connec- 
tion of thought, the subjunctive ; as. 

Cum est allatum ad nos,graviter commotus sum ; Wlien it was 
reported to us, I was greatly moved. 

SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER QUI. 

127. When the relative qui is equivalent to ut with 

122. What is the rule for particles of wishing ? 

123. for quamvis, &c. ? 

124. for anteqiiam aud priusquam ? 

125. for dum, donee, and quoad? 

126. for quum? 

127. for the relative qui when it is equivalent to ut, &c. ? 



130 SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER QUI. 

a personal or demonstrative pronoun, it takes the sub- 
junctive; as, 

Quis est tarn Lijnceus qui in tantis tenebris nihil offendat ? 
i. e. ut in tantis.... ; Who is so quick-sighted that he would not 
stumble in such darkness ? 

128. Qui is thus used after tarn, adeo, tantus, talis y 
or is, iste, or hie, in the sense of talis. 

129. When the relative is equivalent to quanquam 
is, etsi is, or dumrnodo is, it takes the subjunctive ; as, 

Loxo consilii quamvis egregii, quod no7i ipse afferret, inimicus ; 
Laco, an opponent of any measure, however excellent, provided 
he did not him.self propose it. 

130. Quod, in restrictive clauses, takes the sub- 
junctive ; as. 

Quod sine molestid tud fiat, So far as it can be done without 
troubling- you. Sestius non venerat quod sciam....so far as I 
know. 

131. The relative, after the comparative followed 
by qudm, takes the subjunctive ; as, 

Major sum qudm cui possit fortuna noctre, \, e. qudm ut 
mihi, &LC. I am too great for fortune to be able to injure me. 

132. A relative clause expressing a purpose or mo- 
tive, and equivalent to ut with a demonstrative, takes 
the subjunctive ; as, 

Lacedcemonii legdtos Athenas miserunt, qui eum absentem ac- 
cusarent 3 — to accuse him in his absence. 

133. A relative clause after an indefinite genef-al 
expression, takes the subjunctive ; as, 

128 After what words is qui thus used ? 

129. What is the rule when the relative is equivalent to quan- 
quam is, &LC.1 

130. for quod in restrictive clauses ? 

131. for the relative after the comparative, followed by 

qua 771 ? 

132. for the relative clause expressing ^ purpose or motive? 

133. for the relative clause after an indejinite general ex' 

pression ? 



SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS. 131 

Fuerunt ed, tevipestdte, qui dicerentj There were some^ at that 
time, who said. 

The expressions included in the rule are est, sunt, adesf, prcBsto 
sunt, existunt^ exoriuntur, inveniuntur, reperiuntur, si quis est, tem- 
pus fuit, tempus veniet, &c. 

134. A relative clause after a general negative, or 
an interrogative expression implying a negative, takes 
the subjunctive ; as, 

Nemo est, qui haud intellig^at 5 There is no one who does not un- 
derstand. Q?/Z5 est, qui utilia fugiat ? Who is there that shuns 
what is useful ? 

135. A relative clause expressing the reason of 
what goes before, takes the subjunctive ; as, 

Percavisse mihi videor — qui a te discesserim 5 I think I have 
erred in having- left you. 

136. A relative clause, after dignus, indignus, ap- 
tus, and idoneus, takes the subjunctive ; as, 

Vid&tur, qui aliquando imperet, dignus esse ; He seems to be 
worthy at some time to command. 

137. The imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive are 
used in a narrative after relative pronouns and ad- 
verbs, when a repeated action is spoken of; as, 

Semper habiti sunt fortissimi, qui sunnnam imperii potirentur ; 
Those have always been considered the bravest, who obtained the 
supreme dominion. 

SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS. 

138. Dependent clauses, containing an indirect 
question, take the subjunctive , as, 



134. What is the rule for the relative clause after a general neg- 
ative 7 

135. for a relative clause expressing the reason of what 

goes before 1 

136. for a relative clause after dignus, &c. ? 

137. for the imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive in a nar- 
rative after relative words ? 

138. for deponent clauses containing an indirect question ? 

*8 



132 SUBJ. IN INTERMEDIATE CLAUSES. 

Qualis sit animus, ipse animus nescit ; The miDd itself knows not 
what the mind is. Quis ego sim, me rogitas ? Do you ask me 
who I am ? Nee quid scribam; habeo ; Nor have I any thing to 
write. 

S U B JUNCTIYE IN IIS" TERM ED I ATE CLAUSES. 

139. A verb is put in the subjunctive, v/hen the 
clause, in which it stands, is connected, as an essential 
part, to another clause, whose verb is in the subjunc- 
tive, or in the infinitive with the accusative ; as, 

Q^iiid enim -potest esse tam perspicuum, quam esse aliquod numen, 
quo hcBC regantur 1 For what can be so clear as that there is some 
divinity by whom these things are governed? Audiam quid sit, 
quod Epicurum uon probes 3 I shall hear why it is that you do not 
approve of Epicurus. 

140. In the oratio obliqua the main proposition is 
expressed by the accusative with the infinitive ; and 
dependent clauses, connected with it by relatives and 
particles, take the subjunctive ; as, 

Socf'dtes dicere solebat, onines, in eo quod scirent, satis esse elo- 
quentes ; Socrates was accustomed to say, that all are sufficiently 
eloquent in that which they understand. 

141. A clause connected to another by a relative 
or causal conjunction, takes the subjunctive, whatever 
be the mood of the preceding verb, when it contains 
not the sentiment or allegation of the writer, but that 
of some other person alluded to ; as, 

Socrates accusdtus est, quod corr\impere\ JuvpntUtem ; Socrates 
was accused, because (as was alleged) he corrupted the youth. 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 

142. The infinitive, either with or without a sub- 
ject-accusative, may depend upon a verb ; as, 

Spe7-o ^e valere, 1 hope that you are well. 

139. What is the rule for the subjunctive in intennediate clauses ? 

140. for the moods in oratio obliqua ? 

141. for a clause containing not the sentiment of the wri- 

• ter, but that of some other person 1 

142. Upon what may the infinitive depend ? 



PARTICIPLES. 133 

143. Rem. The infinitive alone may also depend 
upon an adjective, and sometimes upon a noun. 

144. The infinitive w^ithout a subject is only used 
after certain verbs, especially such as denote desire^ 
ability^ intention, or endeavor ; as, 

HcBC vitdre cupimus, These things we desire to avoid. 

145. The infinitive with the accusative depends on 
verbs and phrases which denote either the exercise of 
the senses, or intellectual powers, ox the communication 
of thought to others ; as, 

Videbat, id sine rege Persdrum non posse Jieri ; He saw that that 
could not be done without the aid of the king- of the Persians. 
Credunt se negligi ; They believe themselves to be neglected. 

PARTICIPLES. 

146. Participles are followed by the same cases as 
their verbs ; as, 

Quida7n, poeta nomindtus ; A certain one, called a poet. Catu- 
lorum oblita lecena ; The lioness forgetful of her whelps. Tendens 
palmas ; Extending (his) hands. 

147. The future active participle often denotes in- 
tention or purpose ; as, 

Pergit consulluruS; He goes to consult. 

148. The participle in dus, when agreeing with the 
subject of a sentence, has the signification of necessity 
or propriety ; as, 

Is venerandus a nobis est, He should be worshipped by us. De- 
lenda est Carthdgo, Carthage must be destroyed. 

143. Upon what else may the infinitive alone depend ? 

144. After what verbs is the infinitive without a subject used ? 

145. Upon what kinds of verbs does the infinitive with the accu- 
sative depend ? 

146. By what cases are participles followed ? 

147. What does the future active participle often denote 1 

148. What meaning has the participle in dus, when agreeing- 
with the subject of a sentence 1 

t8 



134 GERUNDS AND GERUNDIVES. 



GERUNDS AND GERUNDIVES. 

149. Gerunds are followed by the same cases as 
their verbs ; as, 

Metus 'parendi sibi, Fear of obeying" him. Parcendo victis, By 
sparing- the vanquished. 

159. The participle in dus is called a gerundive 
when it is used instead of a gerund. 

151. The genitive of gerunds and gerundives may 
follow either nouns or adjectives ; as, 

Amor habendi, The love of possessing. Insuetus navigandi, 
Unaccustomed to navigaiing. 

15*2. The dative of gerunds and gerundives is used 
especially after adjectives signifying usefidness ox Jit' 
ness ; and also after verbs to denote b, purpose ; as, 

Charta inutilis scribendo, Paper not useful for writing. Locum 
oppido condendo capere, To choose a place for building- a lov^n. 

153. The accusative of gerunds and gerundives fol- 
lows the prepositions ad or intti^j and sometimes ante, 
circa, or ob ; as. 

Ad pcenitendum properat, He makes haste to repentance. In- 
ten bibendum, While drinking. 

154. The ablative of gerunds and gerundives fol- 
lows the prepositions, a, ab, de, e, ex, or in ; or it is 
used without a preposition, as the ablative of cause, 
manner, means, or instrument ; as, 

A scribendo, From writing. Crescit eundo. It increases by 
going. 

149. By what cases are gerunds followed? 

150. When is the participle in dus called a gerundive ? 

151. What is the rule for the genitive of gerunds and gerun- 
dives ? 

152. for the dative of gerunds and gerundives ? 

153. for the accusative of gerunds and gerundives ? 

154. for the ablative of gerunds and gerundives ? 



/ 

SUPINES ADVERBS CONJUNCTIONS. 135 



SUPINES. 

155. Supines in urn are followed by the same cases 
as their verbs ; as, 

Eurypijhim. citdtum oracula Plioebi mittimus, We send Eurypy- 
lus to consult the oracle of Apollo. 

156. Supines in um follow verbs of motion, and 
serve to denote the purpose of the motion ; as, 

Te admomtum venio, T come to admonish \'ou. 

157. The supine in u is used to limit the meaning 
of adjectives signifying wonderful, agreeable, easi/, or 
difficult, worth]/ or umoorthy, honorable or base, and a 
few others ; as, 

Mirabile dictu ! Wonderful to tell, or to be told ! 

158. Rem. The supine in u is used also after the 
nouns /as', nefas, and opus ; as, 

Nefas dictu ! Shameful to relate ! 

ADVERBS. 

159. Adverbs modify or limit the meaning of verbs, 
adjectives, and sometimes of other adverbs ; as. 

Berth mones, You advise well. Fortissimh urgentes, Most vig"- 
orously pressing on. Longh dissimilis, Far different. Valde 
henh, Yery well. 

CONJUNCTIONS. 

160. Copulative and disjunctive conjunctions, and 
some others, connect words which are in the same 
construction ; as, 

155. By what cases are supines in um followed ? 

156. What do supines in um follow ? 

157. With what classes of adjectives is the supine in u used ? 

158. After ys'h'di nouns is the supine in u used ? 

159 What is the rule for the construction of adverbs? 
160. for copulative and disjunctive conjunctions 1 

|8 



136 ARRANGEMENT. 

Pulvis et iimhra sumus, We are dust and shade. Clarus et hO' 
nordtus vir, An illustrious and honorable man. Ciim ad oppidum 
accessisset castrdque ibi poneret, When he had approached the 
town, and was pitching- his camp. 



ARRANGEMENT. 

161. In a Latin sentence, after connectives, are 
placed, first, the subject and its modifiers; then the 
oblique cases, and other words which depend upon or 
modify the verb ; and last of all, the verb. 

162. Connectives generally stand at the beginning 
of a clause. 

163. Oblique cases precede the words upon which 
they depend, but they follow prepositions. 

164. Infinitives precede the verbs upon which they 
depend. 

165. Relatives are commonly placed after their an- 
tecedents, and as near to them as possible. 

166. The emphatic word is placed before the word 
or words connected with it. 



161. What is the order of words ^n a Latin sentence ? 

162. Where do connectives stand ? 
163 Where do oblique cases stand ? 

164. Where do infinitives stand 1 

165. Where are relatives placed? 

166. Where is the emphatic word placed ? 



EXERCISES IN EATIN SYNTAX. 



Syntax, No. 33. 

Latin to he translated into English, 



Ego iego. 
Tu vocas. 
Ille videt. 
Nos scribimus. 
Vos curritis. 
Illi audiunt. 
Canebam.* 
Ludebas.* 
AquTla volabat. 
Dortniebamus.* 
Metuebatis.* 
Stellae fulgebant. 
Habebo. 



Plorabis. 
Tempus veniet. 
Jussimus. 
Studuistis. 
Hostes vicerunt. 
Hora venerat. 
Canes momorderant. 
Videro. 

Faveat fortuna.t 
Dies surgat.t 
Poma pendeant. 
DiscipuJi discerent. 
Domus steterit. 



English to he translated into Latin. 



The king rules. 
The day passes. 
Virtues adorn. 
Reason advises. 
Thou wast playing. 
The stars were shining. 
The sun will shine, 
'^^rhe swallows will come. 
He has taught. 



Rex rego. 
Dies praetereo. 
Virtus orno. 
Ratio moneo. 
Tu ludo. 
Stella fulgeo. 
Sol luceo. 
Hirundo venio. 
Ille doceo. 



* Syntax, No. 33. 



t Syntax, No. 33. 



138 



EXERCISES. 



Syntax, No. 32. 

Latin into English. 



Laudor.^ 
Doceris.* 
Vox auditur. 
Manemur.* 
Culpamini.* 
Tempora mutantur. 
Oppidum defendebatur. 
Bella parabantiir. 
Domus sedificabitur. 
PrsBmia dabuntur. 
Epistola mittetur. 
Datse sunt leges. 
Naves mersse sunt. 



Missi erimus. 
Vinum bibitum erit. 
Panis eniatur.t 
Pecunia solvatur.t 
Premeretur caseus. 
Tegeretur caput. 
Sylvse habitati sint. 
Yictus sit miles. 
Urbes spoliatse sint. 
Amicus inventus esset. 
Hostes capti essent. 
Arces conditse essent. 
Boves immolantur. 



English into Latin. 



A shout is heard. 
The ships are tossed. 
The sailors are preserved. 
The gates were opening. 
The dog was barking. 
The letter has been sent. 
Gaul was conquered. 
The Helvetians were slain. 
Shouts had been heard. 
The poems may be read. 
Let letters be written. 
The law is established. 
Carthage was destroyed. 
The senate has been con- 
vened. 



Clamor audio. 
Navis jacto. 
Nauta servo. 
Porta pando.f 
Canis latro.J 
Epistola mitto. 
Gallia vinco. 
Helretii caedo. 
Clamor audio. 
Carmen lego. 
LitoraB scribo. 
Lex constituo. 
Deleo Carthago. 
Senatus convoco. 



* Syntax, No. 33. 



t Syntax, No. 119. 



:J: Etymol. No. 



EXERCISES. 



139 



Syntax, No. 19 & 32, 

Latin into English, 



Fugit invida aetas. 
Vera virtus nobilitat. 
Litera scripta manet. 
Ver erat aeternum. 
Voluptas nimia nocet. 
Nix alta jacet. 
Amma immortajis est. 
Mora non tuta est. 
Frigida nox fuit. 
Iter tutum noa fuit. 
Dulcis est libertas. 
iEstas torrida venerat. 
Dies fuisset serena. 
Bonus puer discit. 



Timidi lepores fugiunt. 
Veloces canes sequuntur. 
Fessus viator sedebat. 
Meas equus fatigatur. 
Boni auctores leguntur. 
Siiperbi homines cadunt. 
Mors est certa. 
Humana consilia cadunt. 
Altae turres cadent. 
Humiles casae stabunt. 
Tui fratres laudati sunt. 
Ceier equus vincet. 
Nemus omne virebit. 
Bellum exitiosum impendet 



English into Latin, 



Men are mortal. 

My friends are dear. 

My eyes are deceived. 

The rainbow is described. 

Our gardens are pleasant. 

The war was destructive. 

The ripe apples fell. 

The great pine is shaken. 

The father and mother are 
dead. 

The conscript fathers had 
assembled. 

Your liberty has been tak- 
en away. 

Human counsels have fail- 
ed. 



Homo sum mortalis. 
Mens amicus sum carus. 
Mens ociilus fallor. 
Pluvius arcus descrlbo. 
Noster hortus sum amoenus. 
Belium sum exitiosus. 
Mitis pomum cado. 
Agito ingens pinus. 
Pater et mater sum mortu- 

us. 
Pater conscriptus convenio. 

Vester libertas tollo. 

Humanus consilium cado. 



140 EXERCISES. 

Syntax, No. 67. 

Latin into English, 

Deus mundum regit. 

Gramen carpit equus. 

Ferrum rubigo consiimit. 

Spargit sylva frondes. 

Spes alit agricolas. 

Ventus agit nubes. 

Semiramis Babylonem condidit. 

Scipio Carthagmem delevit. 

Ver praebet flores. 

Epistolam tuam accepi. 

Alexander Darlum fugavit. 

Labor omnia vincit. 

Acres venabor apros. 

Romiilus creavit centum senatores. 

Torva leaena lupum sequitur. 

English into Lati?i, 

The bee loves the flowers. Flos amo apis. 

The anchor holds the ship. Teneo anchora navis. 

Play has an end. Lusus habeo finis. 

God gives life. Deus do vita. 

Brutus killed Caesar. Brutus Caesar occido. 

I have given many gifts. Munus multus do. 

I will sing no songs. Carmen nullus cano. 

Banish all delay. Omnis pello mora. 

Romulus founded Rome. Romiilus Roma condo. 

Practice gives dispatch. Celeritas do consuetudo. 

Fire tries gold. Ignis aurum probo. 

A dark cloud concealed Ater nubes condo liina. 

the moon. 

Cyrus founded the Per- Cyrus imperium Persicus 

sian empire. fundo. 



EXERCISES. 141 

Syntax, No. 41. 

Latin into English. 

Juno Jovis conjux* erat. 

Helena causa* fuit belli Trojani. 

Scipio fadit Annibalis copias. 

Invidia glori® comes* est. 

Pan deus Arcadias erat. 

Nisus fuit portse custos. 

Ventorum pater regit navem. 

Miles timet sagittam hostis. 

Neptimus erat numen aquarum. 

Canis leporis vestigia sequitur.t 

Omnium rerum principia parva sunt. 

Mors omnium malorum sensum adimit. 

Jucunda est memoria praeteritorum malorum. 

Calamitas virtutis occasio est. 

English into Latin, 

Mercury was the messen- Mercurius sum nuncius 

ger of Jupiter. Jupiter. 

The examples of others Alius exemplum ego com- 

admonish us. moneo. 

The shades allay the heat Vis sol umbra levo. 

of the sun. 

Croesus was king of the Rex Lydus Croesus sum. 
^ Lydians. 

Necessity is the mother of Mater ars sum necessitas. 

the arts. 

The consent of all (men) Consensus omnis sum vox 

is the voice of reason. * ratio. 

The glory of virtue con- Laus virtus consisto in ac- 

sists in action. tio. 

* Syntax, No. 40. f Etymol. No. 142. 



142 EXERCISES. 

Syntax, No. 47 & 46. 

Latin into English, 

Tempus edax rerum est. 
Est natOra hominis novitatis avTda. 
Animus futuri anxius calamitosus est. 
Nescia est mens hominis fati sortisque futurae. 
Plerique sunt cupidi rerum novarum. 
Laudis avidi semper fuimus. 
Cicero glorias nimis avidus erat. 
Non es prodigus auri. 
Vive memor senectiitis et mortis. 
Auri avidissima gens erat. 
Este memores rerum humanarum. 
Cluasdam animalia sunt lucis timida. 
Theophrastus elegantissimus philosophorura erat. 
Tarquinius Superbus regum Romanorum septimus 
fuit. 

English into Latin. 

The Gauls are very fond Gallus avidus (sup.) novi- 

ofnoveltyr tas sum. 

Epaminondas was skilled Epaminondas musica pe- 

in music. ritus sum. 

The Roman soldiers were Miles Romanus algor et 

patient of cold and hun- fames patiens sum. 

ger. 

Posterity will be mindful Posteritas sum hie res me- 

of this thing. mor. 

Good (men) are mindful Bonus beneficium memor 

of benefits. sum. 

The Greeks are more de- •Graecus sum cupidus con- 

sirous of disputing than tentio quam Veritas. 

of the truth. 

They were not mindful of Non memor sum virtus 

your merit. tuus. 



EXERCISES. 143 

Syntax, No. 44, 45, 48, & 49* 

Latin into English. 

Puer ingenui pudoris amabitur. 

Archimedes, vir magiii ingenii, caesus est. 

Miltiades regise auctoritatis erat. 

Consul ipse parvo animo et pravo fuit. 

Homines infima fortfma delectantur historia. 

Erat ipse immani acerbaque natura Oppianicus. 

Turranius fuit homo summa integritate. 

Est incredibili robore animi. 

Est fortis hominis non perturbari in rebus asperis. 

Statuere qui sit sapiens, est sapientis. 

Arbitror vix ejus fuisse tantam rem suscipere. 

Domum pluris quam fortunam tuam aestimastis. 

Suam auctoritatem magni sestimat. 

Miserere domus labentis. 

English into Latin, 

They are men of the best Vir sum bonus animus et 

disposition, and of the superus consilium. 

greatest wisdom. 

The little ant is of great Parviilus formica magnus 

labor. labor sum. 

It is the characteristic of Sum pauper numero pe- 

a poor (man) to count cus. 

(his) flock. 

How much do you suppose duantus ille ego aestimo 

I value that ? puto ? 

Corn was not of so much Frumentumtantus non fu- 

value as he reckoned. it quantus iste aestimo. 

I sell at no higher price Non plus quam ceter ven- 

than others. do. 

I am ashamed of (my) Frater ego pudet. 

brother, 



144 EXERCISES. 

Syntax, No. 51--56, & 58. 

Latin into English. 

Datge fidei reminiscTtur. 

Recordare tempus illud. 

Caium Verrem insimiilat avaritiae et audacise. 

Publius Sextius damnatus est ambitus. 

Meipsum inertige condemno. 

Res advers83 homines religionis admonent. 

Admonebat ilium egestatis suae. 

Omnium refert vitium fugere. 

Tua et mea maxime interest. 

Dionysius Corinthi pueros docebat. 

Me literarum expectatio Thessalonicae tenet. 

Vivo carus amicis. 

Q.uis amicior quam frater fratri. 

duam es similis patri ! 

Nil mortalibus arduum est. 

English into Latin, 

You direct me to forget Jubeo ego obliviscor ma- 
evils, lum. 

Nor have I forgotten your Nee obliviscor tuus lite- 
letter, rse. 

They accused the centu- Centurio avaritia insim- 
rions of avarice. iilo. 

He condemned his son-in- Scelus condemno gener 
law of villany. suus. 

This ring reminded me of Hie anniilus commoneo 
Piso. ego Piso. 

A nation hostile to me is Gens inimicus ego Tyr- 
now navigating the Tus- rhenus navigo aequor. 
can sea. 

The son will be like the Filius pater similis sum 
father. 



EXERCISES. 145 

Syntax, No. 59 & *59. 

Latin into English. 

Redditur terrae corpus. 
Da mihi pignus amoris. 
Redeunt jam gramina campis. 
Arma fecit Vulcanus Achilli. 
Oves nobis suam lanam praBbent. 
Datus est tibi plausus. 
Ille desperat salDtis suae. 
Factioni inimicorum resistere nequivit. 
Bonis nocet quisquis pepercerit malis. 
Juventus pleraque Catilinae inceptis favebat. 
Voluptatibus simul et virtuti nemo servire potest. 
Ego autem neminem nomino, quare irasci mihi ne- 
mo poterit. 

Homines amplius ociilis quam auribus credunt. 
Imperare sibi maximum est imperium. 

English into Latin, 

I give thanks to you. Ago tii gratia. 

We were not born for our- Non solum ego nascor. 

selves alone. 

You can bring assistance Auxilium tu ego fero pos- 

to me. sum. 

The Athenians gave up to Ciassis septuaginta navis 

Miltiades afleetofsev- Athenienses Miltiades 

enty ships. dedo. 

Epaminondas always aim- Epaminondas semper qusB- 

ed at empire,not for him- ro imperium,non sui,sed 

self, but for his country. patria. 
The laws ofLycurgus train Lex Lycurgus juventus la- 
youth to labor. bor erudio. 
The shades hurt the corn. Noceo frux umbra. 
I favor that opinion. Iste faveo sententia. 
9 



146 EXERCISES. 

Syntax, No. 60, 62—65. 

Latin into English, 

Cassari diadema imponere voluit Antonius. 
Nihil semper floret; setas succedit setati. 
Multa et varia impendent hominibus genera mor- 
tis. 

Non ignara mali miseris succurrere disco. 

Ne addicas* animum voluptati. 

Ceteris satisfacio, mihi ipsi nunquam satisfacio. 

Adhibenda est nobis diligentia. 

LongsB regibus sunt manus. 

Est homini similitOdo quaedam cum Deo. 

Exitio est avidis mare nautis. 

Divitise multis fuerunt exitio. 

Maturavit collegae venire auxilio. 

English into Latin. 

He imposed laws on the Lex civitas per vis impo- 

state by violence. no. 

You oppose my interests. Mens commodum obsto. 

He came suddenly upon Repente supervenio hos- 

the enemy. tis. 

May the gods favor thee. Deus benefacio tu. 

If you wish me to weep, Si volo ego fleo dolendus 

you yourself must first sum primum ipse tu. 

grieve. 

Each has his peculiar way. Suus quisque mos est. 

I also have verses. Sum et ego carmen. 

Sedition almost caused the Seditio prope urbs excidi- 

ruin of the city. um sum. 

That is reckoned an hon- Is tu honor habeo. 

or to you. 

* Syntax, No. 119. 



EXERCISES. 147 

Syntax, No. 71 & T2. 
Latin into English, 

Pceni Hamilcarem imperatorem fecerunt. 

Montem Vesontionis murus circumdatus arcem 
efficit, 

Hannibal Philippum absens hostem reddidit Roma- 
nis.* 

Fortuna me, qui liber fueram, servum fecit. 

Iram bene Ennius initium dixit insanise. 

Summum consilium majores nostri appellarunt se- 
natum. 

Ancum Marcium regem popiilus creavit. 

Ciceronem universa civitas consiilem declaravit. 

Cato Valerium Flaccum in consulatu habuit col- 
legam. 

Cneius Pompeius se auctorem meae salutis exhibuit. 

English into Latin, 

You have made me con- Ego consul facio. 

sul. 

I have you (for) witness- Tu testis habeo. 

es. 
Cato called Sicily the Cato nutrix plebs Roma- 
nurse of the Roman nus Sicilia nomino. 

people. 

I proclaimed L. Murena L. Murena consul renun- 

consul. tio. 

Caesar had made Cavari- Caesar Cavarinus rex con- 

nus king. stituo. 

Socrates esteemed himself Socrates totus mundus se 

a citizen of the whole civis arbitror. 

world". 

* Syntax, No. 43. 



148 EXERCISES. 

Syntax, No. 73—75 & 77. 

Latin into English. 

Non te celavi sermonem Ampii. 

Quis musicam docuit Epaminondam ? 

Catilina juventfitem mala facinora edocebat. 

Achsei auxilia Philippum regem orabant. 

Nunquam divitias deos rogavi. 

Q,uotidie Caesar JSduos frumentum flagitabat. 

Juravi verissimum jusjurandum. 

Siccius Dentatus triumphavit triumphos novem. 

Multi cives raeum casum luctumque doluerunt. 

Pontus scopiilos superjacit undam. 

Ego te manum injiciam. 

^neas refulsit, os humerosque deo similis. 

Expleri mentem nequit Dido. 

English into Latin, 

Eumenes concealed (his) Eumenes iter omnis celo. 

route from all. 

I ask this favor of you. Tu hie beneficium rogo. 

You request of me two Oratio ego duo postiilo. 

orations. 

Racilius asked me (my) Racilius ego sententia ro- 

opinion. go. 

I dreamed a wonderful Mirus somnio somniura. 

dream. 

Empedocles commits ma- Empedocles multus* ali- 

ny other mistakes. us pecco. 

He turns his attention to Is animus adverto. 

that. 

The horse trembles as to Equus tremo artus. 

his limbs. 

* Syntax, No. 26. 



EXERCISES. 149 

Syntax, No. 78* 
Latin into English. 

Ariovistus ad Csesarem legates mittit. 

Pauci veniunt ad senectutem. 

Neoptolemus apud Lycomedem erat edacatus. 

Atticus sepultus est juxta viam Appiam. 

R0S8B fulgent inter lilia. 

Est ingens gelidum lucus prope amnem. 

Vir bonus virtutem per se amat. 

Divitiacum ad se vocari jubet. 

Prope Calendas Sextiles puto me Laodiceae fore. 

Democritus causam explicat, cur ante lucem galli 
can ant.* 

Vergasillaunus post montem se ocultavit. 

Pone montes Riphseos gens degit felix, quos Hyper- 
boreos appeliavere.f 

Amicitia est per se et propter se expetenda.f 

English into Latin, 

Thou shalt sup with me. Tu apud ego ccBno. 

The Helvetians send am- Helvetii legatus ad is mit- 

bassadors to him. to. 

Lentulus had watched Lentiilus prseter consue- 

contrary to (his) cus- tudo vigilo. 

tom. 

The earth turns itself a- Terra circum axis sui 

round its axis with very summus celeritas con- 
great velocity. verto. 
Many a victim shall fall Multus tu ante ara cado 

before thy altar. hostia. 

If he is about the market, Si apud forum sum, con- 

I shall meet him. venio. 



* Syntax, No. 141. f Supply homines. % Syntax, No. 148. 

#9 



150 



EXERCISES. 



Syntax, No. 79--81. 

Latin into English, 

Codrus se in medios* immisit hostes. 

Proba vita via est in coelum. 

Stoici diviserunt naturam hommis in animum et 
corpus. 

T. Manlius fuit perindulgens in patrem. 

Milites Csesaris sub montem succedunt. 

Miltiades insiilas, quse Cyclades nominantur, sub 
Atheniensium redegit potestatem. 

Consul equo citatot subter murum hostium ad co- 
hortes advehitur. 

Plato cupiditatein subter prsecordiam locavit. 

Dolor in maximis malis ducitur. 

Aves qusedam se in mari mergunt. 

Decemviri leges in duodecim tabtilis scripserunt. 

Saepe est etiam sub palliolo sordido sapientia. 

Eng-lish into Latin. 



Darius built a bridge over 
the river Ister. 

Verres was wont to have 
one crown upon his 
head, another upon his 
neck. 

Caesar compelled the ene- 
my to halt beneath the 
wall. 

A drawn sword hangs over 
his impious neck. 

Youth easily fall into dis- 
eases. 



Darius pons facio in Ister 

flu men. 
Verres corona habeo| u- 

nus in caput, alter in 

collum. 

Caesar hostis sub murus 
consisto cogo. 

Destrictus ensis super im- 
pius cervix, (tt6.)pendeo. 

Facile in morbus incido 
adolescens. 



* Syntax, No. 28. 



t Syntax, No. 115. 



X Etyraol. No. 203. 



EXERCISES. 151 

Syntax, No. 83. 

Latin into English. 

Biduum Laodiceae fui. 

Appius caecus multos annos fuit. 

Improborum animi solicitudinibus noctes atque dies 
exeduntur. 

Atticus annos triginta medicina non indiguit. 

Urbs Veii decern sestates hiemesque continuas cir- 
cumsessa est. 

Vixit annis viginti novem, imperavit triennio. 

Caipurnius Romam proficiscitur. 

Hannibal in hiberna Capiiam concessit. 

Athenienses bello Persico sua omnia quse moveri 
poterant, partim Salaminem, partim Troezenem as- 
portarent. 

Galli quondam longe ab suis sedibus Delphos usque 
profecti sunt. 

Lselius et Scipio rus ex urbe evolabant. 

English into Latin, 

The name of the Pytha- Multus sseculum vigeoPy- 

goreans flourished ma- thagoreus nomen. 
ny ages. 

There is a place in the Sum locus in career cir- 

prison sunk about twelve citer duodecim pes hu- 

feet in the ground. mus depressus. 

Ambassadors were sent to Legatus Athense mitto. 
Athens. 

Dionysius, when he had Dionysius cum fanum Pro- 
plundered the temple of serpina expllo navigo 
Proserpine, was sailing Syracusse. 
to Syracuse. 

I came to the house of Venio consul Anton lus 

Antony the consul. domus. 
t9 



152 EXERCISES. 

Syntax, No. 89 & 90. 

Latin into English, 

A prima astate me philosophia delectavit. 

Caesar reperiebat, plerosque Belgas esse ortos ab 
Germanis. 

De digito anniilum detraho. 

Ex Massiliensium classe quinque naves sunt de- 
pressae. 

Ex vita discedo tanquam ex hospitio, non tanquam 
ex domo. 

Herciiles Tiberim fiuvium, pras se armentum agens, 
nando trajecit. 

Aqua TrebijE flummis erat pectoribus tenus. 

Majores vestri cum Antiocho, cum Philippo, cum 
iEtolis, cum Poenis bella gesserunt. 

Catilinae ferrum de manibus extorsimus. 

English into Latin. 

Pharus is a tower which Pharus sum turris qui no- 
takes its name from the men ab insula accipio. 
island. 

The Rhine separates the Rhenus ager Helvetius a 

Helvetian territory from Germani divido. 
the Germans. 

The praetor rose from his Praetor de sella surrigo. 
seat. 

The hill was elevated a Collis pauliilum ex plani- 

little from the plain. ties edo. 

I know not for joy, where Prae gaudium ubi sum* 

I am. nescio. 

The same day he was in- Idem diest ab explorator 

formed by scouts. certus (comp.) fio. 

* Syntax, No, 138. f Syntax, No. 108. 



EXERCISES. 153 

Syntax, No. 92—95. 

Latin into English. 

Dux nobis et auctor opus est. 

Nunc animis opus (est) nunc pectore firmo. 

Nunc viribus usus (est) nunc manibus rapidis. 

Pauca memoria digna evenere. 

Libertatis umbra content! erant. 

Epicurus confirmat, Deos membris humanis esse 
praeditos. 

O pueri, casiilis et collibus vivite contenti. 

Numidge plerumque lacte et ferina carne vesceban- 
tur. 

Senectus non gladio, sed consilio et ratione utitur. 

Sic prsesentibus fruaris voluptatibus, ut futuris non 
noceas. 

Accipio excusationem qua usus es. 

Humore omnia hortensia gaudent. 

English into Latin. 

There is need of mag- Magistratus opus sum. 

istrates. 

There is no need of exam- Nil opus sum exemplum. 

pies. 

In this there is nothing In hie nihil sum dissidi- 

worthy of dispute. um dignus. 

Learn to be content with Disco parvus sum conten- 

little. tus. 
Depending on my own • Meus opinio fretus erro. 

opinion I have erred. 

Exert all (your) strength. Utor vis (p/.) totus. 

The god delights in an Numerus deus impar gau- 

odd number. deo. 

Every species of vine de- Omnis vitis genus Isetor 

lights in warmth. tepor. 
|9 



154 EXERCISES. 

Syntax, No. 98 & 99. 

Latin into English. 

Sola laurus fulmine non icitur. 

Ignem elici videmus lapidum conflictu. 

Hirundines luto nidos construunt, stramento ro- 
borant. 

Luna interpositu terrae repente deficit. 

Nihil boni^ otio et ignavia paratur. 

Poma ex arboribus, si sunt cruda, vi avelluntur, si 
matura, decidunt. 

Aquila volandif pernicitate aves omnes excellat. 

Fas est ab hoste doceri. 

Cimbri et Teutoni a C. Mario pulsi sunt. 

Corona a poptilo data est. 

A cane non magno ssepe tenetur aper. 

English into Latin. 

He advances with a slow Lentus gradus procedo. 

step. 
We are deceived by the Decipio species rectum. 

appearance of rectitude. 
The Parthians passed the Parthi Euphrates transeo 

Euphrates with nearly cunctus fere copia. 

all their forces. 
Bulls defend themselves Cornu taurus, aper dens, 

by (their) horns, boars morsus leo sui tuto. 

by (their) tusks, and li- 
ons by biting. 
Carthage was destroyed Carthago Scipio deleo. 

by Scipio. 
Deiotarus was called king Deiotarus rex senatus ap- 

by the Senate. pello. 

* Syntax, No. 46. t Syntax, No. 141. 



EXERCISES. 



155 



Syntax, ]Vo. 100--105. 

Latin into English, 

Insula Delos erat referta divitiis. 
Terram nox obruit umbris. 
Omnes fama atque fortunis expertes sumus. 
Nihil honestum esse potest, quod* justitia vacat. 
Scriptores Graeci rerum copia abundant. 
Censesne te ullum invenire posse hominem, qui* 
culpa caret ? 

Vacent tua facta omni injustiae genere. 

Deus bonis omnibus explevit mundum. 

Pacem fecit his conditionibus. 

Julium cum his ad te Uteris misi. 

Ille e concilio multis cum millibus ibat. 

Caesar cum omnibus copiis Helvetios sequi coepit. 

English into Latin. 



He errs greatly in my 

opinion. 
That was done by my ad- 
vice. 
We are free from care. 
He filled the goblet with 

wine. 
I do not need advice. 
To be free from fault is a 

great consolation. 
They departed from the 

camp with great uproar 

and tumult. 
Lead forth with you all 

your (associates.) 



Erro longe mens quidem 

sententia. 
Is facio consilium mens. 

Vacuus cura sum. 
Impleo merum patera. 

Consilium non egeo. 
Vaco culpa magnus sum 

solatium. 
Magnus cum strepitus ac 

tumultus castra egredi- 

or. 
Educo tu cum omnis tuus. 



* Syntax, No. 29. 



156 EXERCISES. 

Syntax, No. 106--108. 

Latin into English, 

Somnus nos omnibus sensibus orbat. 

Nadavit aciem equestri auxilio. 

Magno metu me liberabis. 

Egredere ex urbe, Catilina, libera rempublicam 
metu. 

Vendidit hie auro patriam. 

Magno ubique pretio virtus sestimatur. 

Reges pacem ingenti pecunia mercabantur. 

Isocrates orator unam orationem viginti talentis 
vendidit. 

Hieme ursi in antris dormiunt. 

Postero die Helvetii castra ex eo loco movent. 

Nemo mortalium omnibus horis sapit. 

Postero die hostes in collibus constiterunt. 

Proximo triennio omnes gentes subegit. 

English into Latin. 

Troy frees herself from Solvo sui Teucria luctus. 

grief. 

He endeavored to drive Q.. Varius pello possessio 

d. Varius from his pos- conor. 

sessions. 

He will debar you from Tu ille sedes arceo. 

these seats. 

The book cost me ten Liber ego consto decus- 

asses. sis. 

It is of great value. Consto ingens merces. 

He sold his house for a Vendo is domus grandis 

large sum. pecunia. 

The same day ambassa- Idem dies legatus ab hos- 

dors sent by the enemy tis missus ad Caesar ve- 

came to Caesar. nio. 



EXERCISES. 157 

Syntax, No. 109—113 & 114. 

Latin into English. 

Athenis et Lacedsemone nuiiciata est victoria. 

Alexander Babylone mortuus est. 

Cumis sedem figere, destinat. 

Leonidas cum copiis delectis Thermopylis interiit. 

Dionysias Platonem Athenis arcessivit. 

Multas epistolas Roma accepi. 

Me domo mea expulistis. 

Forte evenit ut ruri esseraus. 

Omnis humo fumat Neptania Troja. 

Sidere pulchrior ille est. 

duid magis est durum saxo, quid moUius unda ? 

O fons Bandusiae splendidior vitro ! 

Quo quis indoctior, eo impudentior. 

Quo plus habent, eo plus cupiunt. 

English into Latin. 

Atticus, the friend of Cic- Atticus Cicero amicus diii 

ero, lived a long time Athene vivo. 

at Athens. 
Hippocrates, born at Car- Hippocrates, natus Car- 
thage, was an eminent thago, sum insignis me- 

physician. dicus. 

Csesar retired from Alex- Csesar recipio sui Alexan- 

andria. dria. 

iEschines being condem- JEschinesdamnatus Athe- 

ned left Athens, and nae cedo et sui Rhodus 

w^ent to Rhodes. confero. 

They were unwilling to go Domus exeo nolo. 

from home. 

The more difficult any Qui quis difficilis sum, hie 

thing is, the more hon- prseclarus. 

orable. 



i 

158 EXERCISES. 

Syntax, No. 29. 

Latin into English. 

Literas expecto, quas scripsisti. 

Is amicus est, qui juvat in rebus adversis. 

Tutus ille non est, quern omnes oderunt. 

Ingratus est homo, qui non beneficium reddit. 

Solem e mundo tollunt, qui amicitiam e vita tol- 
lunt. 

Pompeius, qui a Csesare victus est, fugit ad ^gyp- 
tum. 

Omnes causas, quas commemoras justissimae sunt. 

Consiiles ad eum exercitura, quem in Apulia ha- 
bui, venerunt. 

Flumen est Arar quod in Rhodanum influit. 

Urbs, quam Romulus condidit, vocabatur Roma. 

Scit is, qui est in concilio, C. Marcellus. 

English into Latin, 

He is happy whom God Felix sum, qui Deus dili- 

loves. go. 

That burden is light which Levis fio, qui bene fero 

is well borne. onus. 

Where are those whom Ubi sum is, qui miser di- 

you call miserable ? co ? 

Why am I compelled to Cur senatus cogo, qui lau- 

censure the senate that do semper, reprehen- 

I have always commen- do ? 

ded? 

He is brave who conquers Fortis sum qui sui vinco. 

himself. 

The hour, which has pass- Hora, qui praetereo, non 

ed, cannot return. redeo possum. 

I am Miltiades, who con- Ego sum Miltiades qui 

quered the Persians. Persae Vinco. 



EXERCISES. 159 

Syntax, No. 120--121. 

Latin into English, 

Non sum ita hebes ut istuc dicam. 

Epaminondas eloquentia perfecit, ut auxilio socio- 
rum Lacedaemonii privarentur. 

Pavor erat, ne castra hostis aggrederetur. 

Adjuta me, quo id fiat facilius. 

Nihil est, quin male narrando possit depravari. 

Avertit equos, priusquam pabiila gustassent Trojae. 

Negat se scire, cum tamen haud ignoret. 

Cgesar equitatum omnem prasmittit, qui videant, 
quas in partes iter faciant.* 

Erant, quibus appetentiort famae videretur. 

Caninius fuit mirifica vigilantia,| qui suo toto co»- 
sulatu somnum non viderit. 

Negat jus esse, qui miles non sit, pugnareH cum 
hoste. 

English into Latin. 

How does it happen that dui fio, ut nemo conten- 

no one lives contented ? tus vivo ? 

He commands Volusenus Volusenus§ mando ut ad 

that he should return to sui revertor, 

him. 

Take care that nothing be Curo ne quis is desum. 

wanting to him. 

What do you wish that I duis volo facio ? 

should do ? 

Many things are of such a Multus res sum ejusmodi, 

kind that no one can qui exitus nemo provi- 

foresee their issue. deo possum. 

Is there any one who is An sum quisquam, qui 

ignorant of this ? hie ignoro. 

* Syntax, 139. f Syntax, 47. J Syntax, 44. || Supply eum. § Syntax, *59. 



160 EXERCISES. 

Syntax, No. 8T, 144 & 145. 

Latin into English. 

Vinci quam vincere maluit. 
Cur timet flavum Tiberim* tangere ? 
Ne tentest quod efFici non potest. 
Lupus assuevit semper rapere atque abire. 
Omnia pecunia efFici non possunt. 
Sequi gloria non appeti debet. 
Aut prodesse volunt, aut delectare poetae. 
Sepulchrum Cyri aperiri Alexander jussit. 
Miror tuum fratrem non scribere. 
Perspicuum est hominem e corpore animoque con- 
stare. 

Credo regem amare pacem. 

Audivi necessitatem esse matrem artium. 

Nemo se avarum esse intelligit. 

English into Latin. 

I cannot be silent. Taceo nequeo. 

Dare to contemn riches. Audeo contemno opis. 

Virtue cannot be lost. Amitto virtus non possum. 

I long to know all (things.) Gestio scio omnis. 

All desire to live happily. Omnis volo vivo beate. 

The stag begins to flee. Cervus coepi fugio. 

Thou knowest that I love Scio ego amo verum. 

truth. 

Do not forget that thou Nolo obliviscor tu sum 

art Caesar. Caesar. 

They believe that they are Credo sui neglTgo. 

neglected. 

I am glad that thou hast Tu redeo gaudeo. 

returned. 

* Etymology, No, 83. t Syntax, No. 119. 



EXERCISES. 161 

Syntax, No. 115, 146, 151-156. 

Latin into English, 

Hac oratione habita, concilium dimisit. 

Galli, re cogiuta, obsidionem relinquunt. 

Virtute excepta, nihil amicitia prgestabilius putetis. 

Homines abundantes auro* non sunt idcirco curist 
vacui. 

Peritus civitatis regendae fuit. 

Epaminondas studiosus erat audiendi. 

Timotheus belli gerendi fuit peritus. 

Musicen natura ipsa nobis videtur, ad tolerandos 
labores dedisse. 

Mens discendo alitur et cogitando. 

Philippus, quum spectatum ludos iret, juxta thea- 
trum occisus est. 

English into Latin, 

(Our) work being finished Opus peractus ludo. 

we will play. 

(They) favoring the inter- Favens res Carthaginien- 

ests of the Carthagini- sis. 

nians. 

(He) being accused of a Accusatus res capitalis. 

capital crime. 

The hope of seeing (one's) Patria spes video. 

country. 

Nitrous water is useful for Aqua nitrosus utilis sum 

drinking. bibo. 

He hastens to repent, who Ad poeniteo propero qui 

judges precipitately. cito judico. 

He was recalled to defend Patria defendo revoco. 

his country. 

* Syntaxj No. 105. t Syntax, No. 104, 



162 EXERCISES. 

Syntax, No. 39, 86, 88, 159, 160, 

Latin into English. 

O vir fortis atque amicus ! 
O Dave, itane contemner abs te ! 
O fallacera hominum spem, fragilemque fortunam, 
et inanes nostras contentiones ! 
Heu vanitas human a I 
Heu miserande puer ! 
Heu me infelicem ! 
Ecce nova turba atque rixa ! 
Ecce miserum hominem ! 
Excudant alii spirantia mollius aera. 
Qui bene latuit, bene vixit. 
Furor et ira praecipitant animum. 
Patrem tuum colui, et dilexi. 
Ea videre ac perspicere potestis. 
Cum accessisset castraque poneret. 

English into Latin, 

O holy Jupiter ! Pro sanctus Jupiter ! [voc.) 

Alas unhappy maid ! Ah virgo infelix ! 

O wretched me ! O egoperditus ! [ace.) 

O hated race ! Heu stirps invTsus ! [ace.) 

They greatly err ! Hie vehementer erro. 

So Calchas interprets the Ita digero omen Calchas. 

omens. 

Four times it stopped on duater ipse in limen por- 

the very threshold of ta subsisto. 

the gate. 

Nevertheless regardless Insto tamen immemor. 

we persist. 

In the mean time the hea- Verto {pass.) interea cae- 

vens revolve. lum {sing.) 

We are dust and shade. Pulvis et umbra sun. 



READING LESSONS. 



FABLES. 



1. The Fly. 



Q-uadrlgae aliquot in stadio currebant,'' quibus^ mus- 
ca insidebat.'' Maximo autem pulvere'' ab equis et 
curribus excitato, musca dixit : *' duantam vim pul- 
veris'^ excitavi ! " 

Hsec fabula ad eos spectat, qui, cum ignavi sint/ 
alienam tamen gloriam sibi-^ vindicare solent; 



2. The Hawk and the Countryman. 

Acciptter cum cohimbam praecipiti insequeretur^ 
volatu/ viliam^' quandam ingressus a rustico' captus 
est, quern blande, ut se dimitteret/ obsecrabat : ''Non 
enim te Igesi/' dicens.^ Cui-^ rusticus : 'VNec base/' 
respondit, " te Issserat.'' 

Merito^ pcena'" afficiuntur, qui iniipcentes" Isedere'' 
conantur. 

Note. — In the following notes E stands for Etymology and S for Syntax. 

a E. 203. e S. 126. i S. 99. m S. 100. 

b S. 60. / S. 59. j S. 120. n S. 25. 

c S. 115. g S. 98. . k S. 68. o S. 144. 

d S. 4L I S. 146. I S. 159. 

10 



164 READING LESSONS. 



3. The I^ion, the Ass, and the Hare. 

Cum quadrupedes bellum contra volucres'" susce- 
pissent/ et leo dax" copias suas recenseret/ asmus et 
lepus prseteribant."^ Ursus interrogavit, ad quasnam 
res his^ iiti posset^? Leo respondit : '* Asino utar 
tubicine/ et lepore tabellario." 

Nemo est tarn parvus et humilis, cujus^' opera non 
in aliqua re utilis esse possit.' 



4. The ASS9 the Ape, and the Mole. 

Querente asmo, se cornibus^ carere^; simia vero, 
caudain sibi deesse ; *' Tacete," inquit talpa, *' qui 
me oculis^ captam esse videatis.^'' 



5. The Reed and the Oak. 

Disceptabant de robore quercus et arundo. Quer- 
cus exprobrabat arundini"' mobilitatem," et'' quod ea ad 
quamvis exiguam auram tre'aieret/ Arundo tacebat. 
Paulo post procella furit, et quercum, quse ei^ resis- 
teret/ radicitus evellit ; arundo autem, quse cederef 
vento, locum servat. 



6. The Nightingale and the Goldfinch. 

Luscinia et acanthis ante fenestram in caveis in- 
clussB pendebant. Luscinia incipit cantum suum ju- 
cundissimum. Pater rogat filiolum/ utra avium* tam 

a S. 78. e S; 94. i^ 127. mS. 59. q S. *59. 

b S. 126. / S. 138 j ?. 105. 71 S. 67. r S. 135. 

c S. 160. ^S. 16. k S 145. . S.. 160 & 68. 5 S. 73 & 68. 

d S. 36. h S. 29. I b. 135. p S. 141. J S. 46. 



READING LESSONS. 165 

suaviier" canat, et ostendil utramque. Filius statim 
respondet : *' Sane haec acaiithis est, quae^ sonos illos 
suavissimos edit; peiinas enim habet pulcherrimas. 
Altera vero avis satis prodit pennis/ se"^ suaviter ca- 
ne re^ non posse/" 

Hgec fabiila reprehendit illos, qui^ homines ex ves- 
tibus, forma et conditione tantiim aestimant. 

7. The Cuckoo and the Starling, 

Sturnum, qui ex urbe aufugerat, cuculus interro- 
gavit : '^ duid"" dicunt homines de cantu nostro ? quid'' 
de luscinia?" Sturnus : '' Maximopere,""' inquit, 
^Maudant omnes cantum ejus." ^^duid de alauda f' 
'^ Permulti," respondet sturnus, '^ hujus etiam cantum 
laudant." ^* Et quid de coturnice dicunt ?" " Non 
desunt,^ qui voce'' ejus delectentur.'" ^' Quid tan- 
dem," rogat cuculus, '* de me judicant?" *' Hoc," 
inquit sturnus, ^^ dicere nequeo ; nusquam enim tui 
fit mentio." Iratus igitur cuculus: *^Ne inultus," 
inquit; '* vivam,-^ semper de me ipse loquar." 

HaBC fabiila eos spectat, qui semper de se suisque 
meritis loquuntur. 

8. The Wolf, the Dog, and the Shepherd, 

Opilio quidam saeva lue^ totum suum gregem perdi- 
derat. duod^ cum lupus cognovisset, ad opilionem 
accessit, dolorem socium ei significaturus..'" '' Ergone 
verum" est," inquit, ** te tc^ntam fecisse jacturam, to- 
tumque ovium gregem perdidisse ? Heu ! quam tui" 
me^ miseret ! Quantus est dolor mens 1" ^' Gratias 
ago," respondit opilio ; '^ video te^ calamitate mea ve- 



a S. 159. 


e S. 


144. 


i S. 


133. 


onS. 147. 


oS.'87. 


b S. 29. 


/ s. 


145. 


j s. 


120. 


n S. 27. 


VS. 67. 


c S. 98. 


^S. 


33. 


/cS. 


98. 


S. 49. 




d S. 87. 


AS. 


98. 


I S. 


31. 


p S.-69. 





166 READING LESSONS. 

hementer commotum." ^ '' Semper eriim/' addit 
canis, '^ dolore afficitur lupus, ubi ex aliorum calam- 
itate ipse jacturam facit." 

9. The Pike and the Dolphin. 

Lucius, in amne quodara vivens, pulchritudme,'^ 
magnitudine ac robore ceteros ejusdem fluminis pisces 
longe excedebat. Unde cuncti eum admirabantur, et 
tanquam regem^ praecipue prosequebantur houore/ 
Ciuare in superbiam elatus, majorem principatum 
c(Epit appetere. Relicto igitur amne,"^ in quo multos 
annos^ regnaverat, mare est ingressus, ut et ipsiusf 
imperium sibi vindicaret. Sed offendens delphinum-^ 
mirse magnitudinis, qui in illo regnabat, ita perterr.e- 
factus est, ut, quam poterat celerrime, in amnena 
suum refugeret,^ unde non amplius ausus est exire. 

Hsec fabiila nos admonet, ut rebus^ nostris contenti, 
ea ne appetamus,^ quae nostris viribus' longe sunt ma- 
jora. . 

10. The dying Wolf and the. Fox. 

Lupus moribundus vitam ante actam perpendebat. 
*' Malus quidem fui," inquit, '^ neque tamen pessimus. 
Multa male feci, fateor, sed multuni etiam boni-^ per- . 
petravi. Agnus aliquando balans, qui a grege aber- 
r aver at, tarn prope ad me accedebat, ut facile devo- 
rare possem, sed parcebam illi.^ Eodem tempore^ 
convicia ab ove"' quadam in m.e j aetata aequissimo fe- 
rebam ani'mo/ licet a canibus nihil mihi"" metuendum^ 
esset." • '* Atque haec omnia ego testari possum,^' inquit 







*S 


jpply 


esse. 


fg 


upply 


maris. 






a S. 


103. 




e 


S. 


83. 


i S. 


112. 




mS. 


99. 


b S. 


160. 




f 


S. 


146. 


3 S. 


46 




n S. 


98. . 


c S. 


100. 




g 


S 


120. 


is. 


*59. 




S. 


63. 


dS. 


115, 




h 


s'. 


93. 


I s. 


lOS. 




P t?. 


148. 



READING LESSONS. 167 

viilpes. ^' Probe enim rem memini. Nimirum turn 
temporis*accidit, cum os illud d^voratum fauce hagre- 
ret, ad quod^ extrahendum gruis opem implorare co- 
gebaris." 

11. The Apes and the two Travellers. 

Mendax"" et verax"" simul iter"^ facientes forte in si- 
miorum^ terram venerant. duum unus e turba, qui 
se regem simiorum fecerat, eos vidisset, teneri eos-^ 
jussit, ut a\idiret, quid de se homines dicerent. Si- 
mul jubet omnes^ adstare simios longo ordine^ dextra 
lee va que ; sed sibi'' poni thronum, ut hominum reges 
facere viderat quondam. Tum homines in medium 
adductos rogat : '' Uualisnam vobis^ esse videor, hospi- 
tes ?" Respondit mendax : '' Rex' videris maximus." 
^'duid' hi quos mihi apparere vides?" '' Hi comites 
tui sunt, hi legati et militum duces." Mendacio lau- 
datus cum turba sua/ imperat munus dari adulatori. 
Tum ad veracem simius* : '' Etqualis tibi videor ego, 
et illi, quos stare ante me vides?" Respondit ille : 
'^ Verus tu es simius, et siraii omnes illi, qui similes 
tibi." Iratus rex imperat, ilium dentibus et unguibus 
lacerari, quod vera dixerat. 

Veritas multis odiosa est. 



12. The Nightingale and the Cuckoo. 

Luscinia verno quodam die dulcissimecanere coepit. 
Pueri aliquot baud procul aberant in valle lusitantes. 
Hi cum lusui" essent intenti, lusciniae cantu nihiF mo- 
vebantur. Non multo post cuciilus ccepit cuculare. 





*Si 


apply 


dixit. 




a S. 46. 
b S. 153. 
c S. 25. 


d S. 146. 
e S. 41. 
/ S. 87. 

*10 




g S. 98. 
h 3. 59. 
i S. 40. 


j S. 102. 
k S. 58. 
I S. 77. 



168 



READING LESSONS. 



Continuo pueri, lusu neglecto, ei acclamare,* vocem- 
que cuculi identidem imitari. '* Audisne, luscinia,'' " 
inquit cucuius, *' quanto me isti plausu excipiant,^ 
quantopere cantu meo delectentur^f Luscinia, qnae 
nollet'' cum eo altercari, nihil impediebat, quo minus 
ille suam vocem miraretur.'^ Interea pastor fistula 
canens cum puellaMento gradu prseteriit. Cucuius 
iterum vociferatur, novas laudes captans. At puella 
pastorem-^ allocuta : ''Male sit^" inquit, ''huic cu- 
culo,^ qui cantum tuum odiosa voce intcrstrepit.'^ 
Quo audito cum cucuius in pudorem conjectus con- 
ticuiset/ luscinia tam suaviter canere coepit, ut se ip- 
sam superare velle videretur. Pastor fistiilam depo- 
nens : '' Considamus^ hie," inquit, '' sub arbore, et 
lusciniam audiamus." Turn pastor et puella cantum 
lusciniae certatim laudare coeperunt, et diu tacTti in- 
tentis auribus sedent. Ad postremum adeo capta est 
puella sonorum dulcedme, ut lacrymae quoque erum-" 
perent. Turn luscinia ad cuculum conversa : '' Vi- 
desne," inquit, ''quantum ab imperitorum opinioni- 
bus prudentiorum judicia distent^* ? Una sane ex istis 
lacrymis, quamvig muta, locupletior tamen est artis 
meee testis, quara inconditus iste puerorum clamor, 
quem tantopere jactabas." 

Monet fabiila, magnorum artificum opera non ex 
vulgi opinione, sed ex prudentum existimatione esse 
• censenda/ 

13. The Sun and the Stars. 

De principatu contendebant sidera ; 
Sol oritur : omnis cessat hie contentio. 

Procerum superbia deficit, cum rex adest. 





* Supply ccBperunt. 




a S. 88. 


d S. 120. g S. 119. 


j S. 119, 


6 S. 138. 


e S. 102. h S. 66. 


k S. 138. 


c S. 135. 


/ S. 75. i S. 126. 


I S. 148. 



READING LESSONS. 169 



14. The Dog and the two Hares. 

Unum insecutas in campo leporem canis, 
Videt alterum, et earn similiter studet insequi ; 
Dum vero utrumque capere vult, neutrum capit. 
Sibi ipsa semper aviditas nimia ofFicit. 



. 15. The liizard and the Tortoise. 

'^Tui"" me^ miseret/' aiebat testudini 
Lacerta, ^^ quae, quocunque libeat'' vadere,'^ 
Tuam ipsa tecum ferre cogaris^ domum." 

" Ciilod utile/' inquit ilia *^ non grave est onus.' 



WHITTINGTON AND HIS CAT. 

1. Londini e mercatoribus ditioribus aliquis pu- 
erum orbum et egenum recepit in familiam. dui-^ 
cum per getatiilam nemini^ posset operam aliquam 
commodare, negligunt eum, atque in aedibus sinunt 
libere vagari. Is vero, cui'' Richardus Vittington 
nomen fuit, hoc sibi sponte' sumsit negotii/ ut acus 
abjectaque funicuiorum prsesegmina legeret curio- 
seque custodiret. Quodsi acuum dyodecadem aut 
funicuiorum fasciciilum collegisset, ad herum detiilit. 
Herus vero hac re delectabatur, quippe qui puerum 
olim parcum futurum* et fidelem, inde intelligeret? 
Atque ab eo inde tempore magis eum curare^t imo 
diliofere.t 







* Supply esse. 


t Supply capit. 


a S. 


49. 


d S. 14-2. 


g S. 59. ; S. 46. • 


b S. 


69. 


e S. 135. 


AS. 64. 'k S. 135. 


c S. 


118. 


/ S. 31. 

tio 


i S. 101. 



170 READING LESSONS. 

^. Interea vero accidit, ut ostiarius vellet pullos 
felinos in aquas projicere. Adit herum'' puer, rogat- 
que, ut permittat sibi, felera parviilam educare, 
quam adultam vendat/ •Quo'' annueute alit puer et 
educit feliciilam. Aliquo tempore"^ post navim^ parat 
herus, qua peregrinas in terras merces 'venum^^ mit- 
teret. Qui cum in eo esset, ut navim, rectene ea 
instructa sit/ necne, lustraret, obviam ei^ fit puer fe- 
lem in sinu gerens. '^ duid?" acclamat herus, '^ an non 
et tu habes, Richarde,^ quod venum* mittas^ 1" '^ Ah! 
bene quidem tute scis," respondet puerj ^^ egenum me* 
esse, neque habere quidquam, prasterquam banc fe- 
lem/ " '^ Quidni hancce tuam felem miseris ?" Quo 
audito puer accelerat ad navim, felemque imponit.' 

3. Solvit navis, atque post menses aliquot ad ter- 
ram hactenus incognitam appellit. Escendunt, re- 
gem hie regnare comperiunt. Qui^" cum audisset, 
peregrlnos^ appulisse, arcessit eorum"" aliquos, men- 
saeque" adhibet. At vero in maxima cibariorum copia 
vix gustandi'' ea fuit potestas. Namque omne cubi- 
ciilum obsidebatur muribus, iique proterve gregatim- 
que discurrebant^ in.mensa, cibum invadebant, quin 
boium convivis" e manu praeripiebant. Neque ratio- 
nem quisquam invenire potuit opprimendi° haec ani- 
malia, quamvis ingentem pecuniae vim praemio^ rex 
proposuisset/ Id ubi hospites animadverterent,^ regi 
dixerunt, attulisse sese^ animal, quod mures hos ad 
unum omnes facile posset^ delere. 

4. Apportata dein felis hem ! quam stragem dedit 
murium ! post semihoram nullus erat in toto cubiciilo, 
quem videres" audiresve. Qua re"" rex perinde, ac de 









* Supply ad. 


. 






a S. 75. 


/ s. 


138. . 


k S. 31. 


pE. 


203. 


u S. 118. 


h S. 132. 


g^' 


66. 


I S. 87. 


qS. 


59. 


,.?; S. 95. 


c S..31. 


h S. 


88. 


wS. 46. 


r S. 


123. 




d S. 108. 


i S. 


87. 


n S. 60. 


s S. 


138. 




6 E. 83. 


j s. 


160. 


S. 151. 


t s. 


139. 





READING LESSONS. 171 

regno aliquo donato, gaudet atque felem ducenties 
mille imperialibus emit, ut qui essef" supra fidem op- 
ulentus. Quo- facto domum^ nautae properaverunt. 
Quod si mercator ille Londiniensis, navarchus/ frau- 
dulentus fuisset et fallax homo, rem omnem, ut gesta 
erat, Richardum"^ celasset^ aururnque ad suos usus 
convertisset/ Sed probiorem eo^ hominem vix inve- 
nisses/ Nam simul atque audierat, quantam pecu- 
niam nautap e fele fecissent/ puero arcessito, rem 
omnem aperit, spondetque, sese' aurum ipsi justo tem- 
pore redditurum.* 

5. Jubet eum' mercaturam-^ doceri, et cum per- 
geret puer in fide, assiduitate et parsimonia, dedit 
adulto ei filiam, quam habebat unam, in matrimoni- 
um, eumque decedens heredem^ ex asse instituit. 
Atque ita Richardus Vittington facultates sibi com- 
paravit quam amplissimas ea, quam a pueritia inde 
adamarat, parsimonia. Fors quidem hac in re par- 
tem baud levissimam sibi deposcit, neque tamen non 
parsimonia pueri fuit eorum, quae evenerunt, causa 
prima. Namque nemo nisi parens felem, quo posset^ 
olim vendere eam, al.uisset"; neque impetrasset forte 
ab hero, nisi ante ejus favorem parsimonia sua sibi 
conciliasset, potestatem, feliculam"" banc pro sua ha- 
bendi." Atque adeo casus ille prosperrimus non 
evenisset. 



* Supply esse. 

a S. 135. e S. 118. i S. 87. m S. 149. 

b S. 85. / S. 160. 7 S. 76. n S. 151. 

c S. 16. g- S. 11-2. % S. 72. 

d S. 73. h S. 138. I S. 120. 

flO 



EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS 

17? the following Vocabulary. 



a.. 


..active. 


int.. 


..interjection. 


adj.. 


..adjective. 


irr.. 


..irregular. 


adv.. 


..adverb. 


m. 


..masculine. 


c. 


..common gender. 


n. 


..neuter. 


comj).. 


..comparative. 


n. pass. 


..neuter passive 


conj.. 


..conjunction. 


num.. 


..numeral. 


d.. 


..doubtful g-ender. 


part.. 


..participle. 


def.. 


..defective. 


pass.. 


..passive. 


dep.. 


..deponent. 


pi.. 


..plural. 


/• 


..feminine. 


prep.. 


..preposition. 


freq.. 


..frequentative. 


pret.. 


..preleritive. 


ger.. 


..g'erund. 


pro.. 


..pronoun. 


imp.. 


..impersona]. 


subs.. 


..substantive. 


ind.. 


..indeclinable. 


sup.. 


.superlative. 



VOCABULARY. 



A. 



A, AB, OR ABS ADDUCO. 



A, ab, or abs, prep, from; by. 
Abeo, Ire^ ii; itum, irr: n. to 

depart. 
Aberro; are, avi; atuni; n. to 

stray. 
AbjectuS; a> am, part, thrown 

away ; cast off: from 
Abjicio, -ere, -jeci, -jectum, a. 

to throw away. 
Abs, [^ee a.] 
Absens, tis, part, absent. 
Absum, -esse, -fui, irr. n. to be 

absent, or distant. 
Abundans, tis, part, abound- 
ing : from 
Abundo, are, avi, atum, n: to 

abound. 
Ac, conj. and. 

A.canthis, idis, f. a goldfinch. 
Accedo, -ere,-cessi,-cessum, n. 

to come to ; to approach. 
Accelero, are, avi, atum, a. and 

n. to hasten ; to make haste. 
Accessi, [See accedo.] 
Accido,-ere,-cidi, n. to happen. 
^ccido, -ere, -cidi, clsum, a. to 

cut ; to cut down.; to destroy. 
Accipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptum, 

a. to receive. 



Accipiter, tris, m. a hawk. 
Acclamo, are, avi, atum, n. fa 

cry out ; to shout ; to huzza. 
Accusatus, a, um, part, being- 
accused : from 
Acctiso, are, avi, atum, a. to 

accuse. 
Acer, acris, acre, a.dj. fierce 
Acerbus, a, um, adj. morose; 

.severe, 
Achaei, orum, m. the Achce- 

ans. 
Achilles, is, m. Achilles. 
Acies, ei, f. an army in battle 

array. 
Actio, onis, f. action. 
Actus, a, um, part, (ago,) c?07ie; 

finished : vita anteacta, past 

life.- 
Acus, ijs, f. a needle. 
Ad, prep, to ; at. 
Adamo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

love greatly. 
Addico, ere, -dixi, -dictum, a. 

to give up ; to devote. 
Addo, ere, -didi, -ditum, a. to 

■ add. 
Adduco, ere, -duxi, -ductum, a. 

to bring. 



174 



ADDUCTUS ALJ.OCUTUS. 



Adductus, a, um, part, (addu- 
ce^) being brought. 
Adeo, adv. so. 
Adeo*; -ire, -ii; -itum^ irr. n. to 

go to. 
Adhibeo, ere^ -hibui, -hibilum, 

di,. to use ; to admit ; to re- 
ceive. 
Adhibendus, a, um, part, ("ad- 

hlbeo.) 
Adimo, ere; -emi^ -emptum; a. 

to take away. 
Adjtito, are, avi, atum, a. freq. 

to assist. 
Admlror, ari, atus surri; dep. to 

admire. 
Admoneo; ere, ui, itum, a. to 

admonish. 
Adolescens, tis'. c. a youth. 
Adoleseo, ere, -olevi, -ultum^ 

to grow up. 
AdstO; -starC; -stiti, n. to stand 

near, 
Adsum, -esse^ -fui, irr. n. to be 
• present. 

Adulator, -oris, m, a flatterer. 
Adultus, a, um, part, (adoles- 

co,) grown up. 
Adveho, -ere, -vexi, -vectum, 

a. to bear. 
Ad versus, a, um, adj. adverse-, 

res adversse, misfortunes ; 

adversity. 
Adverto, -ere, -verti, -versum, 

a. to turn to. 
^des, is, f. a house. 
^difico, are, avi, atum, a. to 

build. 
iEdui, orum, m. pi. the ^du- 

a?is. 
^neas, se. m. ^neas. 
^g-yptus, i. f. Egypt. 
^quor, oris, n. a sea. 
^quus, a, um, adj. (ior issi- 

mus,) equal; calm; unruffled. 
JEiS, seris, n. brass ; statues. 



^schines, is, m. ^schines. 
JEstas, atis, f. summer i 
^stimo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

estimate ; to value. 
^tas, atis, f. age. 
-^tatiila, se, f. a tender age. 
^ternus, a, um, adj. eternal.' 
jEtoli, orum, m. the ^tolians. 
Afifero, -ferre, attuli, allatum, 

irr. a. to bring. 
Afficio, ere, -feci, -fectum, a. 

to affect ; afficere poena, to 

punish. 
Agens, tis, part, (ag-o,) driv- 
. ing. 

Ager, ^gri, m. a field ; a terri- 
tory. 
Agg"redior,-gredi,-g"ressus sum, 

dep.' to attack ; to assault. 
Agito, are, avi, atum^ a. freq. 

to shake. 
Agnus, i, m. a lamb. 
Ago, agere, egi, actum, a. to 

drive ; to act ; to do ; to lead ; 

gratias d^gere, to give thanks. 
Agricola, se, m. a husbandman. 
Ah ! "int. ah ! alas ! 
Aio, ais, ait, def. to say. 
Alauda, se, f. « lark. 
Alexander, dri, m. Alexander. 
Alexandria, se, f. Alexandria. 
Algor, oris, m. cold. 
Alienus, a, um, adj. belonging 

to another. 
Aliquando, adv. once; formerly^ 
Aliquis, -qua, -quod, & -qujjJ, 

pro. (E. 172,) some; so?ne 

one ; any. 
Aliquot, ind, adj. some; several. 
Alius, a, ud, adj. (E. WO) oth- 
er, another. 
Alo, alere, alui, alitum, or al- 

tum, a. to maintain ; to feed^, 

to support ; to strengthen, 
Allocutus, a^ um, part, arf- 

dressing : from 



ALLOQUOR ARMENTUM. 



175 



Alloquor^ -loqui^ -locutus sum, 

dep. to speak to ; to address. 
Alter^ era, eruiH; adj. (E. 110,) 

another. 
AJtercor^ ari, atus sum^ dep. 

to dispute ; to wrangle. 
- Altus, dij um, adj. high; lofty ; 

deep. 
Ambitus^ ixs, m. bribery. 
Amicitia, ae^ f. friendship. 
Amicus^ i, m. a friend. 
AmIcuS; a, um, adj. (ior, is- 

slmus,) friendly. 
Amitto, erC; -misi, -missuni; a. 

to lose. 
Amnis; is, d. a river. 
Amo, are, avi, atum^ a. to 

love. 
AmoenuS; a, um, adj. pleasant. 
Amor, oris, m. love; affection. 
Ampius, i, m. Ampius. 
Amplius, adv. more. 
Ampius, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 

mus,) great. 
An, adv. of doubt or interrog-a- 

tion, in indirect questions, 

whether'; in direct questions 

it is* not translated. 
Anchora, se, f. an anchor. 
Ancus, i, m. Ancus. 
Anima, se, f. the soul. 
Animadverto, ere, -verti, -ver- 

sum, a. to observe. 
Animal, alis, n. a creature; an 

animal. 
Animus, i, m., a. mind ; a dis- 
position. 
Annibal, alls, m. Hannibal. 
Annul us, i, m. a ring. 
Annuo, -ere, -nui, n. to consent: 
Annus, i, m. a year. 
Ante, prep, before: adv. before; 

formerly. 
Antiochus, \, m. Antiochus. 
Antonius, i, m. Antony. 
Antrum, i, n. a cave. 



Anxius, a, um, adj. anxious; 

solicitous. 
Aper, apri, m. a ic}ld boar. 
Aperio, Ire, -perui, -pertum, a. 

to open ; to disclose. 
Apis, is, f. a bee. . 
Appareo, ere, ui, n. to attend; 

to wait on. 
Appello, are, avi, atum^ a. to 

call. 
Appello, ero, -puli, -puisum^ a. 

to approach ; to arrive. 
Appetens, tis^ adj. desirous; 

fond. 
Appeto, erC; ivi, iJum, a. to de- 
sire ; to try to obtain ; to pur- 
sue. 
Appius, a, um, adj. Appian. 
Appius, i, m. Appius. 
Apportatus, a, um^ part, being 

brought; from 
Apporto, are/ avi, atum, a. to 

bring. 
Apud, prep, icith ; near. 
Apulia, se, f. Apulia. 
Aqua, se, f. ivater. * 

Aquila, se, f. the eagle. 
Ara, as, f. an altar. 
Arar, aris, m. the river Avar, 

now the Saone. 
Arbitror, ari, atus sum, dep. to 

think ; to consider.. 
Arbor, oris, f. a tree. 
Arcadia, se, f. Arcadia. 
Arceo, ere, ui^ a. to drive away; 

to debar. 
Arcessltus, a, um, part, being 

called: from 
Arcesso, ere> Ivi, itum, a. to 

send for ; to invite. 
Archimedes, is, m. Archimedes. 
Arcus, {is, m. a bow. 
Arduus, a, um, adj. difficult, 
Ariovistus, i^ m. Ariovistus. 
Arma, orum, n. pi. arins. 
Armentum; i, n. a herd. 



176 



ARS— AXIS. 



Ars, tis, f. art ; skill. 

Artifex, icis, c. an artist. 

Artus, us, rm a joint.; a limb. 

Arundo; inis, f. a reed. 

Arx, cis, f. a citadel. 

Assidaitas, atis/ f. industry. 

Asinus, i, m. an ass. 

AS; assis, m. a unit ; a icJiole. 

Aspej;, era; erum, adj. calami- 
tous. 

AsportOj are, avi, atuiH; a. to 
carry away. 

Assuesco, ere; -suevi, -etuiH; ii. 
and a. to aQCustom one's self. 

At, conj. but. 

Ater, tra, trunij adj. black. 

AtheneC; arum, f. pi. Athens. 

AthenienseS; iuni; m. pi. the 
Athenians. 

Atque; conj. and. 

AttlcuS; i, m. Atticus. 

Attiili. iSee affero.] 

Auctor; oris, c. an author ; a 
leader ; a head. 

AuctoritaS; atis, f. authority. 

Audacia; ae; f. audacity. 

AudeO; erC; ausus sum, n.pass. 
to dare. 



Audiendi; g^er. from 

Audio, ire, ivi, itum, a. to 

hear. 

AudltuS; a, um, part, (audio.) 

Aufag-io, ere, i, itum, n. to es- 
cape ; to jiy from. 

Aura, 86, f. a gentle gale. 

Auris, is, f. an ear. 

Aiirum, i, n. gold. 

Ausus, a, um, part, (audeo.) 

x4ut, conj. or. 

Au^em, conj. hut, 

Auxilium, i, n. aid; assistance; 
an auxiliary. 

Avaritia, as, f. avarice. 

A varus, a, um, adj. avaricious. 

Avello, ere, velli or vulsi, vul- 
sum, a. to pluck off . 

Averto, ere, -verti, -versum, a. 
•to turn aioay. 

Aviditas, atis, f. greediness ; 
eagerriess. 

Avidus, a, um, adj. desirous; 
fond ; avaricious . 

Avis, is, f. a bird. 

Axis, is, m. the axis, [of the 
earth or heavens.) 



B. 



BABYLON — BRUTUS. 



Babylon, onis, f. Babylon. 

Balans, tis, part, bleating : 
from 

Balo, arC; avi, atum, n. to 
bleat. 

Bandusia, ae, f. -Bandusia. 

BeatC; adv. happily. 

Belgae, arum, m. pi. the Bel- 
gians. 

Bellum, i, n. loar. 

Bene, adv. well. 

Benefacio, ere, -feci; -factum; 
n. to benefit. 



Beneficium, i, n. a benefit; a 
favor. 

Bibo, ere, i, itum, a. to drink. 

Biduum, i, n. two days. 

Blande, adv. gently ; courte- 
ously. 

Bolus ; i, m. a morsel. 

Bonum, i, n. a good ; a good 
tiling. 

Bonus, a, um, adj. good. 

Bos, bovis, c. an ox ; a cow, 

Brevis, e, adj. short; brief. 

BrutuS; i; m. Brutus. 



-CERTE. 



177 



C, an abbreviatioji of Caius. 
Cado, ere, cecidi, casum, n. to 

fall ; to fail ; to perish. 
Csedo, ere; cecldi, csesum, a. to 

slaij. 
Ceecus, a, um, adj. blind. 
Caelum. \^See Coelum.] 
Caesar, is, m. Cmsar. 
Caesus, a, um, part, (caedo;) 

slain. 
Caius, i, m. Caius. 
Calamitas, alis, f. loss; calam- 

itij ; misfortune. 
Calamitosus, a, um, adj. un- 
happy. 
Calchas, antis m. Calchas. 
Calendae, arum, f. pi. the Ca- 

lehds ; the first day of the 

month. 
Calpurnius, i, m. Calpurnius. 
Campus, i, m, a plain ; afield. 
Canens, tis, part, (cano,) sing- 
ing ; playing. 
Caninius, i, m. Caninius, a 

Roman, who was consul onhj 

seven hours. 
Canis, is,, c. a dog. 
Cano, ere, cecini, cantum^ a. to 

sing ; to play upon a musical 

instrument : g-allus canit, the 

cock crows. 
Cantus us, m. a song. 
Capjo, ere, cepi, captum, a. to 

take ; to seize ; to captivate. 
Capitalis, e, adj. capital: re^s 

capitalis, a capital crime. 
Captans, tis, part, seeking for ; 

from 
Capto, are, avi, atum, a. freq. 

(capio,) to seek or strive for. 
Captus, a, um, part, (capio,) 

Juiving been seized ; taken : 

captus oculis, blind. 



Capua, se, f. Capua. 

Caput, itis, n. ahead. 

Career eris, m. a prison. 

Careo, ere, ui, n. to be without; 
to be in id ant. 

Carmen, inis, n. a poem; a 
song. 

Caro, carnis, f. flesh. 

Carpo, ere, carpsi, carptum, a. 
to crop. 

Carthag-jniensis, e, adj. Car- 
thaginian. 

Carthago, inis, f. Carthage. 

Carus, a, um, adj. dear. 

Casa, ae, f. a cottage. 

Caseus, i. m. a cheese. 

Castra, orum, n. a camp. 

Castila, ae, f. a little cottage. 

Casus, As, m. an event ; amis- 
fortune. 

Catilina, ae, m. Catiline. 

Cato, onis, m. Cato. 

Cavarinus, i, m. Cavarinus. 

Cavea, ae, f. a cage. 

Cauda, as, f. a tail. 

Causa, ae, f. a cause ; a reason. 

Cedo, ere, cessi, cessum, n. to 
yield; to depart. 

Celer, eris, ere, adj. swift. 

Celeritas atis, f. swiftness. 

Celeriter, adv. (celeriils, celer- 
rime,) swiftly; quickly. 

Celo, are, avij atum, a. to con- 
ceal. 

Censeo, ere, ui,um, a. to judge; 
to estimate ; to suppose. 

Ceusendus, a, um, part, (cen- 
seo.) 

Centum, num. adj. pi. ind. a 
hundred. 

Centurio, onis, m. a centurion. 

Certatim, adv. earnestly. 

Certe^ adv. certainly. 



178 



CERTUS CONJECTUS. 



Certus, a, um, adj. certain. 
Cervix; icis; f. the neck. 
Cerviis, i. m.; a stag. 
CessOj are, avi, alum; n. t& 

cease ; to stop. 
CeteTj cetera, celerum, adj. 

other; the other. 
Cibaria, oruni; n. pi. food ; pro- 
visions. 
Cibus, i, m. food. 
Cicero, onis, m.' Cicero. 
Cimbri; oruni; m. pi. the Cim- 

brians. 
Circiter, adv. about; nearly. 
Circum, prep, around. 
Circumdatus, a, um, part, built 

around : from 
Circumdo, -dare, -dedi, -datum, 

a. to put or build around. , 
Circumsideo, ere, -sedi, -ses- 

sum, a. to besiege. 
Citatus, a, um, part, from 
Cito, are, avi, atum, a. freq. to 

excite : equo citato, at full 

gallop. 
Cito, adv. quickly . 
Civis, is, c. a citizen. 
Civitas, atis, f. a state. 
Clamor oris, m. a shout. 
Cia'ssis, is, f. a fleet. 
Cneius, i, m. Cneius. 
Codrus, i, m. Codrus. 
Coelum, i, n. sing", m. pi. heaven. 
Coeno; are, avi, atum, n. to sup. 
Coepi, isse, def. (E. 273,) I be- 
gin, or I begun. 
Cog-itandi, g-er. from 
Cogito, are, avi, atum, a. to 

think ; to reflect. 
Cogo, ere, coegi, coactum, a. 

to compel ; to force. 
Cognitus, a, um, part, known : 

from 
Cognosce, ere, -novi, -nitum, 

a. to learn ; to hear. 
Cohors, tis, f. a cohort. 



Coileg'a, 86, m. a colleague. 
Collig-o, ere, -leg-i, -lectum, a. 

to collect. 
Collls, is, m. a hill. 
Collum, i, 11. the neck. 
Colo, ere, colui, cultum, a. to 

respect. 
Columba, ae, f. a dove; a pigeon. 
Comes, itis, c. a companioji ; 

an attendant. 
Commem-oro, are, avi, atum, a. 

to mention. 
Commodo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

give ; to afford. 
Commodum, i, n. profit. 
Commoneo, ere, ui, ilum, a. to 

admonish. 
Commoveo, ere, ovi, otum, a. 

to move. 
Commotus, a, um, part, (com- 
moveo,) moved; aff'ected. 
Comparo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

acquire. 
Comperio, ire, -peri, -pertum, 

a. to learn; to be informed. 
Coiicedo, ere, -cedi, -cessum, 

a. to retire. 
Concilio, are, avi^ atum, a. to 

conciliate. 
Concilium, i, n. a council. 
Condemno, are, avi, atum, a. 

to condemn. 
Conditio, onis, f. condition ; 

circumstances, 
Condo, ere, idi, itum, a. to 
found ; to build ; to conceal. 
Confero, conferre, contiili, col- 

latum, ^..'to bring together : 

conferre se, to betake one's 

self 
Confirmo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

assert. 
Conflictus, us, m. a. collision. 
Conjectas, a, um, part, being 

thrown : in pudorem, being 

brous:ht to shame : from 



CONJICIO CURIOSE. 



179 



Coiijicio; ere, -jeci, -jectum, a. 
to throw. 

Conjux^ ug"is, c. a spouse; a 
husband ; a wife. 

Conor, ari, atus sum, dep. to 
strive ; to endeavor. 

Conscribo, ere, -scripsi, -scrip- 
turn, a. to %orite together. 

Conscriptus, a, um, part, (con- 
scrlbo,) patres conscript!, 
conscript fathers, a title of 
Roman senators. 

Consensus, As, m. consent. 

Consido, ere, edi, essum, n. io 
sit down together. 

Consilium, i, n. a counsel; a 
design; sagacity. 

Consisto, ere, -stiti, n. to con- 
consist in; to stop; to draiv up. 

Constituo, ere, i, turn, a. to es- 
tablish ; to make. 

Consto, are, -stiti, n. to consist 
of; to cost. 

Construo, ere, -struxi, -struc- 
tum, a. to build; to construct. 

Consueludo, inis, f. custom; 
practice. 

Consul, ulis, m. a C07isul. 

Consulatus, us, m. a consulship. 

Consumo, ere, -sumpsi, -sump- 
tum, a. to consume. 

Contendo, ere, -tendi, -tentum, 
a. to contend. 

Contemno, ere, -tempsi, -temp- 
tum, a. to contemn; to des-r 
pise. 

Contentio, onis, f. contention. 

Contentus, a, um, adj. content. 

Conticesco, ere, -ticui, n. to 
keep silence. 

Continuo, adv. immediatel2j . 

Continuus, a, um, -adj. succes- 
sice. 

Contra, prep, against. 

Convenio, Ire*, -veni, -ventiim, 
n. to- assemble ; to meet. 



Conversus, a, um, part, hav- 
ing turned ; turning : from 

Converto, ere, -versi, -versum, 
a. to turn ; to convert. 

Convicium, i, n. a reproach ; 
an insult. 

Convlva, se, m. and f. a 
guest. 

Convoco, are, avi, atum, a. to 
convene. 

Copia, 86, f. abundance ; copi- 
ousness ; forces. 

Copiose, adv. abundantly. 

Corinthus, i, f. Corinth, 

Corona, se, f. a croivri. 

Cornu, u. "n, (E. 93,) a horn. 

Corpus, oris, n. a body. 

Coturnix, icis, f. a quail. 

Credo, ere, idi, itum, a. io 
trust ; to believe. 

Creo, are, avi, atum, a. to cre- 
ate ; to appoint. 

Croesus, i, m. Crcesus. 

Crudus, a, um, adj. unripe, 

Cubiculum, i, n. a room. 

Cuculo, are, avi, atum, a, to 
cry like a cuckoo. 

Cucuius, i, m. a cuckoo. 

Cui. ISee quis.] 

Cujus. [/See quis.] 

Culpa, ae, f. a fault. 

Culpo, are, avi, atum, a. to 
blame. 

Cum, prep, ivith. 

Cum, adv. when; although. 

Cumae, arum, f. pi. the city 
Cume. 

Cunctus, a, um, adj. all. 

Cupiditas, atis, f. desire. 

Cupidus, a, um, adj. fond; de- 
sirous. 

Cupjo, ere, ivi, itum, a. to de- 
sire. 

Cur, adv. why ? 

Cura, se, f. care. 

Curiose, did^.. carefully. 



180 



CURO CYRUS. 



Curo^ are, avi, atuni; a. to look i Custodio, ire, ivi, itum, a. to 

to ; to regard. keep ; to presei've. 

Curro, ere, cucurri, cursum, n. Gustos, odis, c. a keeper. 

to run. Cyclades,um,f.pl. i/teC2/c/ac/e5. 

Currus, us, m, a chariot. Cyrus, i, m. Cyrus. 



D. 



DAMNATUS DEPRESSUS. 



Damnatus, a, um, part, con- 

demiied ; from 
Damno", are, avi, atum, a. to 

condemn. 
Darius, i, m. Darius. 
Datus, a,um,part,(do,)|)/ec/^ec?; 

given. 
DavQs, i, m. Davus. 
De, prep, concerning; from. 
Debeo, ere, ui, itum, a. to owe; 

ought. 
Decedens, tis, part, dying; 

from 
Decedo, ere, -cessi, -cessum, n. 

to depart ; to die. 
Decern, num. adj. inii. ten. 
Decemviri, orum, m. pi. the 

Decemvirs. 
December, bris, m. December. 
Decido, ere, -cidi, n. to fall; 

to fall off. 
Decipio, ere, decepi, deceptum, 

a. to deceive. 
Declare, are, avi, atum, a. to 

proclodm. 
Decussis, is, m. a piece of mo- 
ney of the value of ten asses. 
Dedi. [See do.] 
Dedo,.ere, dedidi, deditum, a. 

to give up; to surrender. 
Defendo, ere, -fendi^ -fensum, 

a. to defend. 
Def^ro, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, 

irr. a. to carry. 



Deficio, ere, -feci, -fectum, a. 
and n. to fail; to end ; to be 
eclipsed. 

Dego, ere, de^i, a. de n. to live. 

Dein, adv. then. 

Deiotarus, i, m. 'Deiotarus. 

Delecto, are, avi, atum, a. to 
delight; to please. 

Delectus, a, um, part, (delig^o,) 
chosen. 

Deleo, ere, evi, etum., a. to de- 
stroy. 

Delig-o, ere, -legi, -lectum, a. to 
choose. 

Delos, i, f. the island Delos. 

Delphi, orum, m. pi. Delphi. 

Delphinus, i, m. a dolphin. 

Demereo, ere, ui, itum, a. to de- 
serve. 

Demeritus, a, um, part, (de- 
mereo.) deserved. 

Democritus, i, m. Democritus, 

Dens, tis, m. a tooth. 

Dentatus, i, m. Dentatus. 

Depono, ere, -posui, -positum, 
a. to lay down ; to lay upside. 

Deponens, tis, part, (depono,) 
laying down or aside. 

Deposco, ere, -poposci, a. to 
demand; to claim. 

Deprave, are, avi, atum, a. to 
spoil. 

Depressus, a, um, part, (de- 
primo,) sunk. 



DEPRIMO DUO. 



181 



Deprimo, ere,-pressi,-pressum, 

a. to depress ; to sink. 
Describe^ erC; -scripsi; -scrip- 

tum^ a. to describe. 
Despero are^ avi, atum^ a. to 

despair. 
DestinOj are^ avi^ atQni;, a. to 

determine. 
DestrictuS; a, uni; part, drawn : 

from 
Destring-o, Sre, -strinxi, -stric- 

tum, a. to draw. 
Desum, -esse, -fui, irr. n. to be 

wanting, 
Detraho, ere, -traxi, -tractum, 

a. io take of. 
Deus, i, m. (E. 55,) God; a 

god. 
Devoratus, a. um, part, swal- 
lowed : from 
Devoro, are, avi, atum, a. to 

devour ; to swallow. 
Dextra, se, f. the right hand. 
Diadema, atis, n. a diadem. 
Diceiis, tis, part, saijing : from 
Dico, ere, dixi, dictum, a. to 

say ; to call. 
Dido, us or onis, f. Dido. 
Dies, ei, m. or f in sing-, m. in 

pi. a day. (E. 98.) 
Difficilis, e. adj. difficult. 
Dig-ero, ere, -g-essi, -gestum, a. 

to arrange ; to explain. 
Digitus, i, m. ajinger. 
Dignus, a, urn, adj. worthy. 
Dilig-entia, ae, f. diligence. 
Diligo, ere, -lexi, -lectum, a. 

to love ; to esteem. 
Dimlsi. \_See dimitto.] 
Dimitto, ere, -misi, -missum, a. 

to dismiss ; to let go. 
DionysiuS; i, m. Dionysius. 
Dis, ditis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

rich. 
Discedo, .ere, -cessi, -cessum, 

n. to depart. 
11 



Discendi, g-er. (disco.) 
Discepto, are, avi, atum, n. to 

dispute. 
Discipulus, i, m. a scholar. 
Disco, ere, didici, a. to learn; 

to know how. 
Discurro, ere, -curri, & -cucur- 

ri, -cursum, a. to run about. 
Dissidium, i, n. disagreement. 
Disto, are, n. to differ. 
Ditis. [jSee dis.] 
Diu, adv. long ; a long time. 
Divitiacus, i, m. Divitiacus. 
Divitise, arum, f. pi. riches. 
Divido, ere, -visi, -visum, a. 

to divide ; to separate 
Dixi. \_See dico.] 
Do, dare, dedi, datum, a. to 

give : stragem dare, to make 



Doceo, ere, ui, turn, a. to teach, 
Dolendus, a. um, part, from 
Doleo, ere, ui, n. to grieve ; to 

sijmpathize with. 
Dolor, oris, m. grief; sorrow ; 

pain. 
Domus, us, & i, f. a house: 

domum properare, to hasten 

home. (E. 95.) 
Donatus, a, um, part, glven^ 

presented : from 
Dono, are, avi, atum, a. togioe; 

to bestow. 
Dormio, Ire, Ivi, itum, n. to 

sleep. 
Duco, ere, duxi, ductum, a. to 

lead; to reckon. 
Ducenties, num. adv. two hun- 
dred times. 
Dulce, adv. (ius, issime,) sweets 

ly. 
Dulcedo, inis, f. sweetness. 
Dulcis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

sweet. 
Dum, adv. while. 
DuO; 86, o. num. adj. pi. two. 



182 



DUODECIM DYODECAS. 



Duodecini; num. adj. ind. pi. 

twelve. 
Durus, a^ uiri; adj. hard. 



Dux, ducis, c. a leader; a cow,' 

mander. 
Dyodecas, adis, f. a dozen. 



E. 



E EVELLO. 



E; or ex, prep, from ; of. 
EccC; int. lo ! behold ! 
Edax, acis, adj. consuming. 
Edo, ere, -didi, -ditum, a. to 

send forth ; to elevate. 
Edoceo, ere, -docui, -doctum, 

a. to teach. 
Educo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

bring up; to train; to educate. 
EdticO; -ducere,-duxi,-ductum, 

a. to bring up ; to maintairi ; 

to lead forth. 
Effero, efferre, extuli, elatum, 

a. to raise. 
Efficio, ere, -feci, -fectum, a. 

to make ; to form ; to accom- 
plish. 
Egenus, a, um, adj. indigent ; 

needy. 
Egeo, ere, ui, n. to need. 
Egestas, atis, f. poverty. 
Ego, mei, subs. pro. /. 
Eg-redior, -gredi, -gressus, dep. 

to depa.rt from. 
Ei. iSee is.] 
Ejus. [See is.] 
Ejusdem. [jSee idem.] 
Ejusmodi, pro. (used only in 

the genitive,) of such kind. 
Elatus, a, um, part, (effero,) 

raised : in superbiam elatus, 

being rendered proud. 
Elegans, tis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

refined ; polished. 
Elicio, ere, ui^ itum, a. to draw 

forth; to elicit. 



Eloquentia, ae, f. eloquence, 

Emo, emere, emi, emptum; a. 
to buy ; to purchase. 

Empedocles, is, m. Empedocles, 

Enim, conj. for. 

Ennius, i. m. Ennius. 

Ensis, is, m. a sword. 

Eo, ire, ivi, itum, irr. n. to go. 

Epaminondas, se, m. Epami- 
nondas. 

Epicurus, i, m. Epicurus, 

Epistola, 86, f. a letter. 

Equester, tris, tre, adj. eques- 
trian. 

Equitatus, us, m. cavalry. 

Equus, i, m. a horse. 

Ergo, conj. then; therefore. 

Ero. [jSee sum.] 

Erro, are, avi, atum, n. to err. 

Erudio, Ire, ivi, Itum, a. to in- 
struct. 

Erumpo, ere, -rupi, -ruptum, a. 
to burst forth. 

Escendo, ere, -scendi, -scen- 
sum, a. to disembark ; to 
land. 

Esse. \_}See sum.] 

Et, conj. tt7Z(i; also. 

Etiam, conj. also. 

Eumenes, i^, m. Eumenes. 

Euphrates, is, m. the river Eu' 
phrates. 

Evado, ere, -vasi, -visum, a. 
to escape. 

Evello, ere, -velli or -vulsi^ 
-vulsum, a. to tear up. 



EVENIO EXTRAHO. 



183 



Evenio, Ire, -veni; -ventum^ n. 

to happen, 
Evolo, are, avi, atuni; a. tojiy 

from. 
Ex, prep, \_8ee E.] 
Excedo, ere, -cessi, -cessum, n. 

to exceed ; to surpass. 
Excello, ere, -cellui,-celsum, n. 

to excel ; to surpass. 
Exceptus, a,um, part, (excipio) 

excepted. 
Excidium, i, n. destruction. 
Excipio, ere, -cepi, -ceptum, a. 

to receive ; to except. 
Excitalus, a, um, part, being 

raised : from 
Excito, are, avi, atum, a. to 

raise ; to excite. 
Excudo, ere, -cudi, -cusum, a. 

to make; to form. 
Excusatio, onis, f. an excuse. 
Exedo, ere & esse, -edi, -esum, 

irr. a. to consume. 
Exemplum, i, n. an example. 
Exeo, ire, ii, irr. n. to go out. 
Exercitus, us, m. an army. 
Exhibeo, ere, ui, itum, a. to 

show ; to exhibit. 
Exiguus, a, um, adj. small; 

light. 



Existimatio, onis, f. opinion) 

judgment. 

Exitiosus, a, um, adj. destruc- 
tive. 

Exitium, i, n. destruction. 

Exitus, ias, m. an end; an issue. 

Expectatio, onis, f. expectation. 

Expecto, are, avi, atum, a. to 
ID ait for ; to expect. 

Expello, ere, -puli, -pulsum, a. 
to expel ; to banish. 

Expers, tis, adj. destitute. 

Expetendas, a, um, part, from 

Expeto, ere, Ivi, Itum, a. to 
seek. 

Expllo, are, avi, atum, a. to 
plunder, 

Expleo, ere, evi, etum, a. to 
fill ; to satisfy. 

Explico, are, avi & ui, atum & 
itum, a. to explain. 

Explorator, oris, m. an explo- 
rer ; a scout. 

Exprobro, are, avi, atum, a. to 
reproach; to twit. 

Extorqueo, ere, -torsi, -tortum, 
a. to lorest. 

Extrahendus, a, um, part, from 

Extraho, ere, -traxi, -tractum, 
a. to draw out ; to extract. 



F. 



FABULA FAMILIA. 



Fabiila, ae. f. a fable. 

Faciens,tis.part.(facio)ma^27?.^. 

Facile, adv.(ius, illime,) easily. 

Facinus, oris, n. a bad action ] 
crime. 

Facio, ere, feci, factum, a, to 
make; to do : facere jactu- 
ram, n. to suffer a loss. 

Factio, onis, f. a party ; a fac- 
tion. 



Factum, i, n. a deed; an action. 
Facultds, atis, f. ability : fac- 

ultates, pi. riches. 
Fall ax, acis, adj. treacherous ; 

deceitful. 
Fallo, ere, fefelli, falsum, a. to 

deceive. 
Fama, se, f. fame. 
Fames, is, f. hunger. 
Familia, ee, f. a family. 



184 



FANUM FUTURUS. 



Fanum, i, n. a temple. 

Fas, n. ind. right: fas est, it is 

'proper. 
Fasciculus, i, m. a small bundle. 
Fateor, eri, fassus sum, dep. to 

confess ; to own. 
Fatig-o, are, avi, atum, a. to tir^; 

to wearij. 
Fatum, i, n. fate. 
Favens, tis, part, favoring: from 
Faveo, ere, favi, fautum, n. to 

favor. 
Favor, oris, m. favor; good will. 
Fauce, abl. f. a throat. 
Feci. ['See facio.] 
Felicula, se, f. a kitten. 
Felis, is, f. a cat. 
Fellnus, a, um, adj. of or belong- 
ing to a cat : pullus felinus, a 

kitten. 
Felix, icis, adj. happy. 
Fenestra, ee, f. a window. 
Fere, adv. nearly ; almost. 
Ferlnus, a, um, adj. of a wild 

beast. 
Fero, ferre, tuli, latum, irr. a. 

to bear ; to carry ; to endure ; 

to bring. 
Ferrum, i, n. iron ; the sword. 
Fessus, a, um, adj. weary. 
Fidelis, e, adj. faithful ; trusty. 
Fides, ei, f. belief; fidelity ; faith: 

supra fidem, incredibly. 
Figo, ere, fixi, fixum, a. to fix. 
Filia, 96, f. a daughter. 
Filiolus, i, m. a little son. 
Filius, i, m. a son. 
Finis, is, d. an end. 
Fio, fieri, factus sum, irr. pass. 

of facio, to be made ; to be ; 

to happen; to be done. (E.264.) 
Firmus, a, um, adj. firm; reso- 
lute. 
Fistula, ea f . a pipe. 
Flaccus, i, m. Floxcus, 
Flagilo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

demand; to solicit. 



Flavus, a, um, adj. yellow. 
Fleo, ere, evi, etum, a. to weep. 
Floreo, ere, ui, n. to flourish. 
Flos, oris m. a flower, 
Flumen, inis, n. a river, 
Fluvius, i, m. a river. 
Fons, tis, m. a fountain. 
Fore, def. to be about to be : 

fore spopondit, he promised 

that it should come to pass, or 

should be. 
Forma, se, L figure; beauty, 
Formica, a?, f. an ant. 
Fors, tis, f. chance ; fortune. 
Forte, adv by chance; perhaps. 
Fortis, e, adj. brave. 
For tuna, ee, f. fortune. 
Forum, i, n. a market place. 
Fragilis,e, ad\. frail; inconstant, 
Frater, tris, m. a brother. 
Fraudulentus, a, um, adj. dis- 
honest. 
Fretus, a, um, adj. trusting. 
Frigidus, a, um, adj. cold. 
Frons, dis. f. a leaf. 
Frumentum, i, n. corn. 
Fruor, frui, fruitus & fructus 

sum, dep. to enjoy. 
Frux, g'is, f. fruit ; corn. 
Fug-io, ere, fugi, fugitum, n.&a. 

to flee; to pass away; to avoid; 

to shun. 
Fugo, are, avi, atum, a. to rout. 
Fulgeo, ere, fulsi, n. to shine. 
Fulmen, inis, n. lightning. 
Fumo, are, avi, atum, n. to 

smoke. 
Fundo, ere, fudi, fusum, a. to 

rout. 
Fundo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

found. 
Funiculus, i, m. a string; a cord. 
Furo, ere, n. to rage. 
Furor, oris, m. fury ; madness. 
Futiirus, a, um, part, (sum,) 

about to be ; future. 



GALLIA GUSTO. 



185 



G. 



Gallia, ae, f. Gaul. 

Gallas, i, m. a Gaul. 

GalluS; i; m. a cock. 

Gaudeo, ere, g-avlsus sum, n. 
pass, to rejoice. 

Gaudium, i, n. joy. 

Gelidus, a, um, adj. cold. 

Gener, eri, m. a son-in-law. 

Gens, tis, f. a nation. 

Genus, eris, n. a kind. 

Gerendus, a, um, part, (gero.) 

Gerens, tis. part, (g-ero,) car- 
rying. 

Germania, se, f. Germany. 

Germani, orum,m.pl. the Ger- 
mans. 

Gero, ere, gessi, g-estum, a. to 
carry ; to transact ; to icage. 

Gestio, Ire, Ivi or ii,a. to desire; 
to long. 

Gestus, a, um, part, (gero.) 



Gladius, i, m. a sword. 

Gloria, ae, f. glory. 

Gradus, ^s, m. a step : lento 
gradu, at a slow pace ; leis- 
urely. 

Grsecus, i, m. a Greek. 

Gramen, inis, n. grass. 

Grandis, e, adj. large : grandis 
pecunia, muck money. 

Gratia, se, f. thanks. 

Gravis, e, adj. heavy; burden- 
some. 

Graviter, adv. heavily. 

Gregatim, adv. in troops. 

Grex, gregis, m. ajiock. 

Grus, gruis, m. & f. a crane. 

Gustandi, ger. of tasting: from 

Gusto, are, avi, atum, a. to 
taste. 



H. 



HABENDI — HINC. 



Habendi, ger. of having: from 

Habeo, ere, ui, itum, a. to 
have. 

Habito, are, avi, atum, a. & n. 
to inhabit. 

Habitus, a, um, part, (habeo,) 
had ; pronounced. 

Hactenus, adv. hitherto. 

Hsereo, ere, haesi, haesum, n. to 
stick. 

Hamilcar, aris, m. Hamilcar. 

Hannibal, alis, m. Hannibal. 

Haud, adv. not. 

Hebes, etis, adj. stupid. 

Helena, ae, f. Helen. 

Helvetii, orum, m. pi. the Hel- 
vetians. 

HI 



Hem ! int. my stars ! 

Herba, ae, f. an herb. 

Hercules, is, m. Hercules. 

Heres, edis, m. & f. an heir : 
heres ex asse, sole heir. 

Herus, i, m. a master. 

Heu ! int. ah ! alas ! 

Hiberna, orum, n. pi. winter 
quarters. 

Hie, haec, hoc, pro. (E. 159,) 
this. 

Hie, adv\ here; then; hereupon, 

Hicce, haecce, hocce, pro. in- 
tensive, this. 

Hiems, emis, f. winter. 

Hinc, adv. hence; from this 
place. 



186 



HIPPOCRATES HYPERBOREI. 



Hippocrates^ is^ m. Hippocra- 
tes. 

Hirundo, inis; f. a swallow. 

Historia, ae, f. history. 

Homo, inis; c. a man. 

HonestuS; a^ uiii; adj. konora- 
ble. 

Honor, oris, m. honor. 

Hora, se, f. an hour. 

Hortensius, a, um, adj. grow- 
ing in a garden. 

Hortus, i, m. a garden. 

Hospitiuni; i, n. an inn. 



Hospes, itis; c. a stranger ; a 
guest. 

Hostia, se, f. a victim. 

Hostis^ is, c. an enemy. 

Hujus. [See hie] 

Humanus, a, um, adj. humane. 

Humerus^ i, m. a shoulder. 

Humilis, e. adj. humble. 

Humor, oris^ m. moisture. 

Humus, i. f. the ground. 

Hyperborei, orum, m. the Hy- 
perboreans. 



I. 



IBAM IN. 



Ibam. [See eo.] 
Ico, ere, ici, ictum, a. to strike. 
Idcirco, adv. therefore. 
Idem, eadem, idem, pro. (E. 

161,) the same. 
Identidem, adv. now and then. 
Ig"itur, adv. therefore. 
Ignarus, a, um, adj. inexperi- 
enced. 
Ignavia, ae, f. sloth ; idleness. 
Ignavus, a, um, adj. inactive; 

indolent. 
Ignis, is, m. fre. 
Ignoro, are, avi, atum, n. to 

be indolevt. 
Ille, ilia, illud, pro. (E. 157,) 

he, she, it ; that. 
Imitor, ari, atus sum, dep. to 

imitate. 
Immanis, e. adj. cruel; savage. 
Immemor, oris, adj. regardless. 
Immitto, ere, -misi, -missum, a. 

to introduce : se, to rush. 
Immolo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

sacrifice. 
Immortalis, e. adj. immortal, 
Imd; adv. nay ; nay rather* 



Impar, aris, adj. uneven; odd. 
Impedio, Ire, Ivi, itum, a. to 

hinder ; to obstruct. 

Impendeo, ere, n. to impend ; 
to be near ; to threaten. 

Imperator, oris^ m. a comman- 
der. 

Imperlalis, is, m. a crown. 

Imperitus, a, um, adj. igno- 
rant ; unskilful. 

Imperium, i, n. government; 
an empire. 

Impero, are, avi, atum, n. to 
command ; to govern. 

Impetro, are, avi, atum, a. to 
obtain. 

Impius, a, um, adj. impious. 

Impleo, ere, evi, etum, a. to fill. 

Implore, are, avi, atum, a. to 
implore ; to entreat. 

Impono, ere, -posui, -positum, 
a. to place ; to put on board ; 
to impose ; to place upon. 

Improbus, a, um, adj. wicked. 

Impudens, tis, adj. impudent. 

In, prep, in; into; over; upon; 
to. 



INANIS INVADO. 



187 



InSnis, e, adj. vain ; frivolous. 
Inceptum, i; n. a design. 
Incldo; ere, -cidi, n. to fall 

into. 
Inclpio, ere^ -cepi; -ceptum^ a. 

to begin. 
Includo, erC; -clusi^ -clusum,a. 

to shut up ; to confine. 
Inclusus, a, um, part, (includo) 

shut up ; confined. 
Incognitus, ^.,\xm,d.d]. unknown. 
Inconditus, a^ um^ adj. rude; 

confused. 
IncredibTliS; e, adj. incredible. 
Tiide, adv. thence; from thence: 

ab eo inde temporej//"07?z that 

time : a pueritia inde, from 

childhood. 
Indig-eo, ere, ui; n. to need. 
IndoctuS; a, um, adj. illiterate; 

ignorant. 
Inertia, 9e, f. inactivity. 
Infamis, e, adj. infamous. 
Infelix, IciS; adj. unhappy; 

wretched. 
Inferus, a, urn, adj. (E. 142,) 

low. 
Inficio, ere, -feci, -fectum, a. 

to stain; to infect; to corrupt. 
Infimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 

inferus,) lowest. 
Influo, ere, -fluxi, -fluxum, n. 

to flow into. 
Ing'enium, \,x\, genius; abilities. 
Ing-ens, tis, adj. great; vast; 

immense. 
Ingenuus, a, um, adj. ingenu- 
ous ; noble. 
Ingratus, a,um,adj. ungrateful. 
Ingredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, 

dep. to enter. 
Ingressus, a, um, part, (ingre- 

dior.) having entered. 
Inimlcus, a, um, adj. hostile: 

subs, an enemy. 
Initium; i, n. a beginning. 

tn 



Injicio, ere, -jeci, -jectum, a. 

to lay or put on. 
Injustitia, ae, f. injustice. 
Innocens, tis, adj. innocent; 

harmless. 
Inquam, def. (E. 277,) to say. 
Insania, se, f. madness. 
Insecutus, a, um, part. havi7ig 

followed : from 
Insequor, -sequi, -secutus sum, 

dep. to follow; to pursue. 
Insideo, ere, -sedi, -sessum, a. 

to sit upon. 
Insignis, e, adj. distinguished. 
Insimulo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

accuse. 
Instituo, ere, ui, utum, a. to 

make , to appoint. 
Insto, are, -stiti, to persist. 
Instruo, ere,-struxi, -structum, 

a. to equip; to fit out. 
Instructus, a,um,part. (instruo) 

equipped ; fitted out. 
Insula, ee, f. anisland. 
Integritas, atis, f. honesty; 

probity. 
IntellTgo, ere, -lexi, -Jectum, a. 

to understand ; to perceive. 
Intentus, a, um, adj. intent up- 
on ; attentive. 
Inter, prep, among. 
Interea, adv. in the meantime. 
Intereo, Ire, ii, n. irr. to perish. 
Interest, imp. (intersum,) it 

concerns. 
Interpono, ere, -posui, -posi- 

tum, a. to interpose. 
Interpositus, us, m. an interpo- 
sition. 
Interrogo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

ask. 
Inlerstrepo, ere, ui, itum, n. to 

interrupt. 
Inultus, a, um, didi].unrevenged. 
Invado, ere, -vasi, -vasum, a. 

to fall upon ; to attack. 



188 



INVENIO ITEB UM. 



Invenio, ire; -veni, -ventuni; a. 

to find ; to contrive. 

Invidia, se, f. envy. 

Invidus, a, um^ adj. envious. 

InvIsuS; di, Mia, adj. hated. 

Ipse, ipsa^ ipsum, pro. self; 
myself ; himself. 

Ira, 36; f. anger. 

Ire. \_See eo.] 

Irascor, i, iratus sum; dep. to be 
angry. 

IratuS; a, uni; adj. angry; dis- 
pleased. 

IS; ea^ id; pro. he ; she ; it or 



that : in eo esse, to be upon 
thepoint : eo, with compara- 
tives, by so much, or the. 

Isocrates, is, m. Isocrates. 

Iste, ista, istud, pro. (E. 158,) 
that ; he ; she ; it. 

Ister, tri, m. the Ister, (now the 
Danube.) 

Istic, istaec, istoc & istuc, pro. 
this. 

Ita, adv. so. 

Iter, itineris, n. a journey* 

Iterum, adv. again. 



JACEO JUXTA. 



Jaceo, ere, ui, n. to lie. 
Jactatus, a, um, part, spoken; 

uttered : from 
Jacto, are, avi, atum, a. to 

throw ; to toss ; to speak ; to 

utter ; to boast of 
Jacttira, se, f. a loss. 
Jam, adv. now. 
Jovis. l^See Jupiter.] 
Jubeo, ere, jussi, jussum, a. to 

commind. 
Jucundus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 

simus,) sweet; delightful; 

pleasant. 
Judico, are, avi, atum, a. to 

judge ; to think. 
Syxdicmvci, I, li. a judgment ; an 

opinion. 



Julius, i, m. Julius. 
Juno, onis f. Juno. 
Jupiter, Jovis, m. Jupiter. 
Juro, are, avi, atum, n. to 

swear. 
Jus, juris, n. right. 
Jusjurandum, jurisjurandi, n. 

an oath. 
Jussi. [See Jubeo.] 
Justitia, 86, f. justice. 
Justus, a, um, adj. (ior, issT- 

mus.) proper ; right ; just. 
Juventus, utis, f. youth ; the 

youth. 
Juro, are, juvi, jutum, a. to aid; 

to assist. 
Juxta, prep. near. 



L, an abbreviation of Lucius. 

Labor, oris, m. labor; trouble. 

Labor, labi, lapsus sum, dep. 
to fall. 

Laboriosus, a, um, adj. labo- 
rious. 



LACED^MONIUS. 

Lac, lis, n. milk. 
Lacedsemon, onis, m. Lacedce- 

mon or Sparta. 
Laceda6monius, a, um, adj. 

Lacedaemonian : subs, a La- 

cedcemonian. 



LACERO LYDUS. 



189 



Lacero, are, avi, alum, a. to 

tear ; to tear in pieces. 
Lacerta, ae, f. a lizard. 
Lacryma, se, f. a tear. 
Lsedo, ere, laesl, leesum, a, to 

injure ; to hurt. 
Laelius, i, m. Lmlius. 
Leesi. \_See Lpedo.] 
Lsetor, ari, atus sum, dep. to 

rejoice, 
Lseva, se, f. the left hand. 
Lana, se, f. wool. 
Laodicea, br, f. Laodicea. 
Lapis, idis, f. a stone. 
Laqueus, i, m. a snare; a 

trap. 
Lateo,ere,ui,n. to be concealed. 
Latro, are, avi, atum, n. to 

bark, 
Laudatus, a, um, part, being 

praised : from 
Laudo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

praise ; to extol. 
Laurus, i, & us, f. the laurel. 
Laus, laudis, f. praise ; glory. 
Leaena, ae, f. a lioness. 
Legatus, i, m. a lieutenant ; an 

ambassador. 
Leg-o, ere, legi, lectum, a. to 

collect ; to pick up ; to read. 
Lentulus, i, m. Lentulus. 
Lentus, a, um, adj. sloio. 
Leo, onis, m. a lion. 
Leonidas, ae, m. Leonidas. 
Lepus, oris, m. a hare. 
Levis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

small; trijling ; light. 
Levo, are, avi, atum, a. to al- 
lay. 
Lex, legis, f. a lavj. 
Liber, era, erum, adj. free. 
Liber, bri, m. a book. 
Libere, adv. freely ; icithout 

constraint. 



Libero, are, avi, atum, a. to 

free. 
Libertas, atis, f. liberty. 
Libet, libuit, or libitum est, imp. 

it pleases. 
Licet, adv. although. 
Lilium, i, n. a lily. 
Limen, inis, n. a threshold. 
Litera, ae, f. a letter. 
Loco, are, avi, atum, a. to 

place. 
Locuples, etis, adj. rich; sure. 
Locus, i, m. pi. loci, m. and 

loca, n. a place. 
Loiidiniensis, e, adj. of Lon- 
don. 
Loudiiiium, i, n. London. 
Longe, adv. long ; far. 
Longus, a, um, adj. long. 
Loquor, loqui, locutus sum, 

dep. to speak. 
Luceo, ere, luxi, n. to shine. 
Lucius, i, m. a pike. 
Luctus, lis, m. grief. 
Lucus, i, m. a grove. 
Ludo, ere, lusi, lusum, n. to 

play. ^ 
Ludus, i, m. play. 
Lues, is, f. a plague ; a pesti- 

lence. 
Luna, ae, f. the moon. 
Lupus, i, m. a loolf. 
Luscinia, se, f. a nightingale. 
Lusitans, tis, part, from 
Lusito, are, avi, atum, n. to 

play. 
Lustro, are, avi, atum, a, to 

examine. 
Lusus, us, m. play. 
Latum, i, n. mud; clay. 
Lux, lucis, f. light. 
Lycomedes, is, m. Lycomedes. 
Lycurgus, i, m. Lycurgus. 
Lydus, i, m. a Lydian. 



190 



MAGIS MILLE. 



M. 



Magis, adv. (sup. maxime^) 
more. 

Mag'istratuS; us^ m. a magis- 
trate. 

Mag-nitudo, iniS; f. magnitude ; 
size. 

Mag-nus, a, um, adj. (major, 
maximus,) great. 

Major, us, adj. (E. 116.) {See 
magnus.] 

Majores, um, m. pi., ancestors. 

Male, adv. badly ; amiss ; 
wrong : male sit, may mis- 
chief befall. 

Malo, malle, malui, irr. n. (E. 
256,) to prefer. 

Malum,!, n. an evil; misfor- 
tune. 

Malus, a, um, adj. bad, wicked. 

Biando, are, avi, atum, a. to 
command. 

Mando, ere, mandi, mansum, a. 
to chew ; to eat. 

Maneo, ere, mausi, mansum, n. 
to stay ; to rejfiain. 

Manlius, i, m. Manlius. 

Manus, us, f. a hand. 

Marcellus, i, m. Marcellus. 

Marcius, i, m. Marcius. 

Mare, is, u. the sea. 

Marius, i. m. Marius. 

Massiliensis, is, m. an inhabi- 
tant of Marseilles. 

Mater, tris, f. a mother. 

Matrimonium, i, n. marriage. 

Maturo, are, avi, atum, n. to 
hasten. 

Blaturus, a, um, adj. ripe. 

Maxime, adv. \^See magis,] 
very greatly. 

Maximopere, adv. exceedingly. 

Maximus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
magnus,) greatest; very 
great. 



Me. [See Ego.] 

Medicina, se, f. medicine. 

Medicus, i, m, a physician. 

Medius, a, um, adj. midst: 
subs, the middle ; the midst. 

3Ieipsum. \^See ego & ipse.] 

Membrum, i, n. a limb. 

Memini, pret. (E. 270,) 1 re- 
member. 

Memor, oris, adj. mindful. 

Memoria, ae, f. a recollection. 

Meiidax, acis, adj. lying : subs. 
a liar. 

Mendacium, i, n. a falsehood. 

Mens, tis, f. the mind. 

jMensa, ee, f. a table. 

Mensis, is, m. a month. 

Mentio, onis, f. mention. 

3Iercator, oris, m. a merchant. 

Mercatura, es, f. the trade of a 
merchant. 

Merces, edis, f. pay; reward. 

Mercor, ari, atus sum, dep. to 
purchase. 

Mercurius, i^ m. Mercury. 

Mergo, ere, mersi, mersum, a. 
to sink; to plunge. 

Merito, adv. deservedly. 

Meritum, i, n. merit. 

Mersus, a, um, part, (mergo.) 

Merum, i, n. icine. 

Merx, cis, f. merchandise ; 



Metuendus, a, um, part, from 
Metuo, ere, ui, a. to fear. 
Metus, us, m. fear. 
Mens, a, um, pro. (E. 177,) 

mine. 
Mihi. [See Ego.] 
Miles, itis, c. a soldier. 
Mille, adj. ind. a thousand: 

also a subs. n. indeclinable 

in the singular; in the plural, 

millia, millium, &c. 



MILTIADES MUTUS. 



191 



Miltiades, iS; m. Miltiades. 
Minds, adv. (comp. of paruni;) 

less: after quO; not. \_See 

quo.] 
Mirificus, a, uni; adj. aston- 
ishing. 
Miror, ari, atus sum, dep. to 

wonder ; to admire. 
Mirus, a, um, adj. wonderful. 
Miser, era, erum, adj. misera- 
ble; ujifortunate. 
Misereor, eri, eritus or ertus 

sum, dep. to -pity. 
Miseror^ ari, atus sum, dep. to 

deplore ; to pity. 
Miserandus, a, um, part, (mise- 

ror.) 
Miseret, miseruit, miseritum, 

imp. to pity : me miseret^ / 

pity. 
Misi. [See mitto.] 
Missus, a, um, part, (mitto,) 

sent. 
Mitis, e, adj. mild; ripe. 
Mitto, ere, misi, missum, a. to 

send. 
Mobilitas, atis, {.pliancy; want 

of Jirmness ; Jiexihility. 
Mollis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

soft. 
Molliter, adv. (ius, issime,) 

softly; agreeably. 
Moneo, ere, ui, itum, a. to ad- 



monish ; to teach ; to advise, 
Mons, tis, m. a mountain. 
Mora, se, f. delay. 
Morbus, i, m. a disease. 
Mordeo, ere,momordi,morsum^ 

a. to bite. 
Moribundus, a, um, adj. at the 

point of death ; dying. 
Morior, mori, rarely morlri, 

mortuus sum, dep. to die. 
Mors, tis, f. death. 
Morsus, As, m. a bite. 
Mortalis, e, adj. mortal. 
Mortuus, a, um, part, (morior,) 

dead. 
Mos, moris, m. manner ; loay^ 
Moveo, ere, movi, motum, a. 

to move ; to remove. 
Multo, adv. much. 
Multus, a, um, adj. many; 

much. 
Mundus, i, m. the world. 
Munus, eris, n. a present, 
Murena, se, f. Murena. 
Murus, i, m. a wall. 
Mus, muris, m. & f. a mouse, 
Musca, 86, f. a fly. 
Music a, 86, f. music. 
Musice, es, f. [See musica.] 
Muto, are, avi, atum, a. to 

change. 
Mutus, a, um, adj. mute; si- 
lent. 



N. 



NAM NATUS. 



Nam, & namque, conj. for. 
Nandi, g-er. [See no.] 
Narrandi, g-er. from 
Narro, are, avi, atum, a. to 

tell ; to relate. 
Nascor, i, natus sum, dep. to 

be born. 
Natura,ae,f. nature; disposition. 



Natus, a, um, part, (nascor,) 

born. 
Nauta, ae, m. a sailor. 
Navarchus, i, m. a master of 

a, ship. 
Navigo, are, avi, atum, n. to 

navigate ; to sail. 
Navis, is, f. a vessel ; a ship. 



192 



NE NUTRIX. 



Ne^ adv. & conj. not; that not; 

lest. 
Ne, enclitic conj. in indirect 

questions, whether ; in direct 

questions it is not translated. 
Nee, or neque, conj. and. not ; 

but not ; nor. 
NecessitaS; atis, f. necessity. 
Necne, adv. or not. 
Neglectus, a, um, part, hating 

neglected ; neglecting : from 
Neg-li^o, ere, -lexi, -lectum, a. 

to neglect. 
Neg-o, are, avij atum^ a. to 

deny. 
Neg"otium, i, n. business; em- 

ploymeiit. 
Nemo, inis, c. no one ; nobody. 
Nemus, oris, n. a wood. 
Neoptolemus, i; m. Neoptole- 

mus. 
NeptuniuS; a^ um; adj. Neptu- 
nian. 
Neptunus, i, m. Neptune. 
Neque. [See Nee] 
Nequeo, Ire, Ivi, & ii, itum, irr. 

n. not to be able ; I cannot. 
Nequis, nequa, nequod, & ne- 

quid, pro. that no one ; that 

no thing. 
Nescio, Ire, Ivi, itum, a. to be 

ignorant ; not to know. 
Nescius, a, um, adj. ignorant. 
Neuter, tra, trum, adj. (E.llO,) 

neither. 
Nex, necis, f. death. 
Nidus, i, m. a nest. 
Nihil, & nil, ind. n. nothing: 

nihil boni, no advantage. 
Nil. {See Nihil.] 
Nimis, adv. too ; too much. 
Nimlrum, adv. doubtless ; cer- 
tainly. 
Nimiiim; adv. too ; too much. 



Nimius, a, um, adj. too much; 

excessive. 
Nisi, conj. unless ; except. 
Nisus, i, m. Nisus. 
Nitrosus, a, um, adj. nitrous. 
Nix, nivis, f. snow. 
No, are, avi, atum, n. to swim. 
NobiJito, are, avi, atum, a. to 

ennoble. 
Nobis. [See ego ] 
Noceo, ere, ui,itum,a. to hurt; 

to injure. 
Nolo, nolle, nolui, irr. n. (E. 

256,) to be unwilling. 
Nomen, inis, n. a name. 
Nomino, are, avi, atum, a. to 

call ; to name. 
Non, adv. not. 
Nos. [See ego.] 
Noster, tra, trum, pro. (E.175,) 

our. 
Novem, num. adj. ind. nine. 
Novitas, atis, f. novelty. 
Novus, a, um, adj. new, 
Nox, noctis, f. night. 
Nubes, is, f. a cloud. 
Nudo, are, avi, atum, a. to de- 

prive. 
Nullus, a, um, adj. (E. 110,) 

no ; no one. 
Numen, inis, n. a deity ; a god. 
Numero, are, avi, atum, a. to 

count. 
Numerus, i, m. a number. 
Numldse, arum, m. pi. the Nu- 

midians. 
Nunc, adv. now. 
Nuncio, are, avi, atum, a. to 

oMnounce. 
Nuncius, i, m. a messenger. 
Nunquam, adv. never. 
Nusquam, adv. noiohere : nus- 

quam non, eveiy where. 
Nutrix, Icis, f. a nurse. 



O OVIS. 



193 



O. 



O, int. O ! 

Obliviscor; i, -litus sum; dep. 

to forget. 
Obruo^ erC; -rui, -rutum, a. to 

cover : to conceal. 
Obsecro, arC; avi; atuni; a. to 

entreat. 
Obsideo, ere, -sedi, -sessuiri; a. 

to beset ; to Jill. 
Obsidio, oniS; f. a siege. 
Obsto, are, -stiti, a. to oppose. 
Obviam, adv. to meet : fit ob- 

viam, he meets. 
OccasiO; oniS; f. occasion; op- 
portunity. 
Occido, ere, cldi, -clsuni; a. to 

kill. 
Occlsus, a, um, part, (occido;) 

slain. 
OccultO; are^ avi, atuni; a. to 

conceal. 
Oculus, i; m. an eye. 
Odi, pret. (E. 270;) I hate. 
Odiosus, a, uni; adj. offerisive ; 

hateful. 
Offendens, tis, part, meeting : 

from 
Oifendo, ere, -fendi, -fensum, a. 

to come upon ; to meet with. 
Officio, ere, -feci, -fectum, a. to 

hinder; to obstruct ; to hurt. 
Olim, adv. once ; formerly ; 

hereafter. 
Omen, inis, n. an omen ; a sign. 
Omnis, e, adj. all. 



Onus, eris, n. a load. 
Opera, se, f. labor ; service. 
Opera, um, n. pi. [See opus.] 
Opilio, onis, m. a shepherd. 
Opinio, onis, f. opinion; fancy. 
Opis^g-en. (from obsolete ops,) 

f. aid ; assistance ; wealth, 
Oppianicus, i, m. Oppianicus, 
Oppidum, i, n. a town. 
Opprimo, ere, -pressi, -pres- 

sum, a. to subdue; to destroy, 
Opulentus, a, um, adj. rich. 
Opus, eris, n. a work. 
Opus, ind. subs. & adj. need; 

necessity. 
Oratio, onis, f. an oration. 
Orator, oris, m. an orator, 
Orbo, are, avi, atum, a. to de- 
prive. 
Orb us, a, um, adj. orphan. 
Ordo, Tnis, m. a row ; a line, 
Orior, Iri, ortus sum, dep. to 

riae ; to spring. 
Orno, are, avi, atum, a. to 

adorn. 
Oro, are, avi, atum, a. to ask; 

to request, 
Os, oris, n. the mouth ; the face. 
Os, ossis, n. a bone. 
Ostendo, ere, -tendi, -tensum 

& -tentum, a to show. 
Ostiarius, i, m. a porter. 
Otium, i, n. inactivity. 
Ovis, is, f. a sheep. 



P, 



PABULUM 

Pabulum, i, n. pasture; fodder. 
Palus, udis, f. a marsh; apool. 
Pan, Panis, m. Pan. 
Pando, ere, passum or -pan- 
sum, a. to open. 
Panis, iS; m. bread. 



— PARIO. 

Parco, ere, peperei or parsi, n. 
to spare. 

Parens, a, um, adj. frugal. 

Pario, ere, peperi, partum, a. 
to produce ; to beget ; to ob- 
tain. 



194 



PARO PHILOSOPHUS. 



Paro; are; avi, Stum, a. to pre- 
pare ; to equip ; to Jit out ; 
to obtain. 

ParS; tiS; f. a part. 

Parsimoiiia; se^ f. frugality. 

Parthi, orum^ m. pi. the Par- 
thians. 

Partim, adv. partly. 

ParvuluS; a; uni; adj. small; 
little. 

Parvus, a, um, adj. small. 

Pastor, oriS; m. a shepherd. 

Pater, tris, m. a. father. 

Patera, se, f. a goblet. 

Patiens, tis, part, (patior,) pa- 
tient. 

Patria, ae, f. one^s native coun- 
try ; a country. 

Paucus, a, um, adj. few; a 
feio. 

Paulo, adv. a little. 

Paululum, adv. a little. 

Pauper, eris, adj. poor. 

Pavor, oris, m. fear ; alar7n. 

Pax, pacis, f. peace. 

Pecco, are, avi^ atum, a. to 
err ; to commit a fault. 

Pectus, oris, n. the breast ; the 
mind. 

Pecunia, se, f. money. 

Pecus, oris, n. a flock. 

Pello, ere, pepuli, pulsum, a. 
to drive away ; to banish ; to 
rout. 

Pendeo, ere, pependi, n. to 
hang. 

Penna, ae, f. a feather. 

Peperci. [(See parco.] 

Peperi. \_^ee pario.] 

Per, prep, through ; by ; by 
means of : per se, by itself 
alone. 

Peractus, a, urn, part, finished: 
from 

Perag"o, gre, -egi, -actum, a. to 
finish. 



Perditus, a, um, part, ruined; 

undone ; from 
Perdo, ere, -didi^ -ditum, a. to 

destroy. 
Pereg-rlnus, a, um, cid.]. foreign: 

subs, a foreigner; a stranger. 
Perficio, ere, -feci, -fectum, a. 

to cause. 
Pergo, ere, perrexi, perrectum, 

n. to persevere. 
Perinde, adv. equally : perinde 

^.c, just as if; as much as if. 
Perindulgens, tis, adj. very 

kind. 
Peritus, a, um, adj. skilled. 
Permitto, ere, -misi, -missum, 

a. to permit ; to allow. 
Permultus, a, um, adj. very 

many. 
Pernicitas, atis, f. swiftness. 
Perpendo, ere, -pendi, -pen- 
sum, a. to weigh; to consider. 
Perpetro, are, avi, atum, a. to 

accomplish ; to perform. 
Persse, arum, m. the Persians. 
Persicus, a, um, adj. Persian. 
Perspicio, ere,-spexi,-spectum, 

a. to examine ; to perceive. 
Perspicuus, a, um, adj. plain; 

evident. 
Perterrefacio, ere, -feci, -fac- 
tum, a. to frighten greatly. 
Perterrefactus, a, um, part. 

frightened greatly : from 
Perterreflo, -fieri, -factus sum, 

(irr. passive of perterrefacio) 

to be greatly frightened. 
Perturbo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

disturb. 
Pes, pedis, m. afoot. 
Pessimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 

malus,) very bad. 
Pharus, i, f. Pharus. 
Phillippus, i, m. Phillip. 
Philosophia, se, f. philosophy. 
Philosophus,i, m. a philosopher. 



PIGNUS ^PRINCIPATTJS. 



195 



Pignus, oris, n. a pledge; aproqf. 
Pinus, {iS; & i, f. a pine. 
Piscis, iS; m. ajish. 
Piso, oniS; m. Piso. 
PlanitieS; ei, f. a plain. 
Plato, onis, m. Plato. 
PlausuS; ds, m. applause. 
Plebs, plebis, f. a people. 
Plerusque, -aque, -unique^ adj. 

most ; the most. 
Plerdmque, adv. for the most 

part. 
Ploro, are, avi, atum, n. to la- 
ment. 
Plus, pluris, adj. (comp. of mul- 

tus,) more; higher, 
Pluvius, a, um, adj. rainy. 
Poena, se, f. punishment. 
Poeni, orum, m. pi. the Car- 

thagiiiians . 
Poeniteo, ere, ui, n. to repent. 
Poeta, £6, m. a poet. 
Pompeius, i, m. Pompey, 
Pomum, i, n. an apple. 
Pone, prep, behind. 
Pono, ere, posui, positum, a. to 

place : castra, to pitch. 
Pons, pontis, m. a bridge. 
Pontus, i, m. the sea. 
Populus, i, m. a people. 
Porcus, i, m. a pig ; a hog. 
Porta, se, f. a gate. 
Possessio, onis, f. a possession. 
Possum, posse, potui, irr. n. 

(E. 226,) to be able; lean. 
Post, prep, after. 
Post, adv. after ; afterwards. 
Posteritas, atis, f. posterity. 
Postera, um, adj. (posterior, 

postremus, or postumus, E. 

142, ) following ; next. 
Postremus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 

postera,) the last: ad pos- 

tremum, at last. 
Posttilo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

ask ; to demand. 

n 



Potestas, atis, f. power ; oppor^ 

tunity. 
Prse, prep, before; for. 
Praebeo, ere, ui, a. to afford ; 

to furnish. 
Prseceps, cipitis, adj. headlong; 

swift ; rapid. 
Praecipito, are, avi, atum, a, to 

hurry ; to impel. 
Prsecipue, adv. especially; par- 

ticularly. 
Praeclarus, a, um, adj. celebra* 

ted ; honorable. 
Prsecordia, se, f. the midriff. 
Prseditus, a, um, d^dy furnished 

with. 
Prsemitto, ere, -misi, -missum, 

a. to send forward. 
Praemium, i, n. a reward. 
Prseripio, ere, -ripui, -reptum, 

a. to snatch away. 
Praesegmen, inis^ n. a piece ; a 

bit. 
Praesens, tis, adj. present. 
Praestabilis, e, adj. (ior, issi- 

mus,) excellent. 
Praeter, prep, except ; contrary 

to. 
Praetereo, ire, ii, itum, irr. n. 

(E.267,) to pass by. 
Praeteritus, a, um, part, (prae- 
tereo,) past. 
Praeterquam, adv. except. 
Praetor, oris, m. a pro&tor. 
Pravus, a, um, adj. depraved. 
Prehendo, ere, di, sum, a. to 

take ; to catch. 
Prehensus, a, um, part, (pre- 
hendo,) caught. 
Premo, ere, pressi, pressum, a. 

to press. 
Pretium, i, n. a price; a value. 
Primum, adv.^r^f. 
Primus, a, um, adj. first. 
Principatus, As, m. dominion: 

pre-eminence. 



196 



PRINCIPIUM PYTHAGOREUS. 



Principium, i, n. a beginning. 
Priusquani; adv. before. 
Privo, are, avi^ atuiri; a. to 

deprive. 
Pro, or proh ! int. O ! 
Probe, adv. well. 
Probo, are, avi, atum, n. to try. 
Probus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 

mus,) honest; upright. 
Procedo; ere, -cessi, -cessum, 

n. to advance. 
Procella, se, f. a storm ; a tem- 
pest. 
Procer, eris, m. a noble. 
Procul, adv. far. 
Prodlg-us, a, um, adj. profuse ; 

lavish. 
Prodo, ere, -didi, -ditum, a. to 

make knoion ; to disclose ; to 

show. 
Proficiscor, i, -fectus sum, dep. 

to depart. 
Projicio, ere, -jeci, -jectum, a. 

to throw. 
Prope, adv. near; almost. 
Prope, prep. near. 
Propero, are, avi, atum, n. to 

hasten. 
Propono, ere, -posui, -positum, 

a. to offer. 
Proposui. \^See propone] 
Propter, prep, for ; on account 

of. 
Prosequor,-sequi,-secutus sum, 

dep. to follow : prosequi ho- 

nore, to honor. 



Proserpina, ae, f. Proserpine, 
Prosperus, a, um, adj. (ior, is 

simus,) lucky ; fortunate. 
Prosum, -desse, -fui, irr. n, 

(E. 224,) to prof t. 
Proterve, adv. boldly. 
Provideo, ere, -vidi, -visum, a. 

to foresee. 
Proximus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 

propior, E 144,) next. 
Prudens, tis, adj. learned; skit- 

fui. 
Publius, \y m. Publius. 
Pudet, uit, imp. it shames : me 

pudet, 1 am asharned. 
Pudor, oris, m. shame modesty : 

in pudorem conjicere, to 

bring to shame. 
Puella. 86, f. a girl. 
Puer, eri, m. a boy. 
Puerilia, ee, f. childhood. 
Pulcher, chra, chrum, adj. (ior^ 

rimus, E. 140,) beautiful. 
Pulchritudo, inis, f. beauty. 
Pull us, i, m. a young animal. 
Pulsus, a, um, part, (pello.) 
Pulvis, eris, m. &l f. dust. 
Pug-no, are, avi, atum, n. to 

fght. 
Puto, are, avi, atum, a. to sup- 
pose ; to esteem. 
Pythag-oras, se, m. Pythagoras, 
PythagoreuS; i, m. Pythago- 



Q. 



Q QUALISNAM. 



Q,, an abbreviation of Quintus. 
Quadrig-a, se, f. a four-horse 

chariot. 
Quadrupes, idis, f. & n. a 

quadruped. 



QueerO; ^re, quaesivi, qusesT- 
tum, a. to seek ; to aim at. 

Q,ualis, e, adj. of what kind. 

Qualisnam, adj. of what sort^ 
or nature. 



QUAM QUUM. 



197 



Qufim, adv. & conj. how ; how 
much ; as • quam poterat ce- 
lerrime, as swift as he cotdd: 
after comparatives, than; 
with superlatives, very. 

Quamvis^ conj. although. 

QuanloperC; adv. how much. 

Quantum^ aclv. how noitch. 

QuantQs, a, tim, adj. how great; 
how much: tantus — quantus, 
so much — as. 

Quare, adv. wherefore. 

Quater, a.c\v. four times. 

Que, enclitic conj. and. 

Quercus, us, f. an oak. 

Querens, tis, part, complain- 
ing : from 

Queror, queri,questus sum,dep. 
to complain. 

Qui, quai, quod, (E. 167,) who ; 
which; what: quo, with com- 
paratives, the ; as, quo plu- 
res erant, the more there were. 

Qu], adv. hoio. 

Quidam, quaedam, quoddam, 
&L quiddam, pro. a certain. 

Quidem^ conj. indeed; cer- 
tainly. 

Quidni, pro. lohy not? 

Quin, conj. nay; nay even; 
that not. 



Quinque, num. adj. ind. fve. 
Quippe, conj. as; inasmuch as: 

quippe qui, inasmuch as he. 
Quis, qucje, quid, pro. loho 1 

ivhich ? what ? for aiiquis, 

any one. 
Quisnam, quaenam, quodnam^ 

or quidnam, pro. (E. 103,) 

loho '/ which ? what ? 
Quisquam,quaequam, quidquam 

or quicquam, pro. any; any 

one ; any thing. 
Quisque, quaeque, quodque & 

quidque, pro. each. 
Quisqui.*^. quidquid or quicquid^ 

pro. whoever. 
Quivis, qusevis, quodvis, and 

quidvis, pro. (E. 171,) every. 
Quo, adv. & conj. whither; — 

that ; quo minus or quomi- 

nus, that not ; quo minus mi- 

raretur, /rom, admiring. 
Quocunque,adv. whithersoever. 
Quod, conj. because; quod si, 

if now ; but if 
Quondam, adv. formerly. 
Quodsi, conj. if then ; but if. 
Quotidie, adv. daily. 
Quoque, conj. also. 
Quum or cum, conj. when. 



R. 



RACILIUS — REDDITURUS. 



Racilius, i, m. Racilius. 

Radicitiis, adv. by the root. 

Rapidus, a, um^ adj. rapid; 
swift. 

Rapio, ere, ui, tum^ a. ta plun- 
der. 

Ratio, onis, f. reason; means ; 
expedient. 

Recenseo, ere, ui, itum; a. to 
review ; to muster. 



Recordor, ari, alus sum^ dep. 

to recollect. 
Recipio, ere, -cepi, -ceptum, 

a. to take back ; to receive ; 

se recipere, to betake him 

self ; to return. 
Recte, adv. rightly ; prop^ 

erly. 
Rectum, i, n. rectitude. 
ReddituruS; a., um^ part, from 



198 



REDDO RUSTICUS. 



Reddo^ erC; -didi, -ditum, a. to 
deliver ; to restore ; to re- 
quite ; to render. 

Redeo, ire^ ii^ ituni; irr. n. to 
7'eturn. 

Redigo, ere, egi; actum, a. to 
reduce. 

Refert, imp. (refero,) it con- 
cerns. 

Refertus, a, um, adj. full. 

Refug-io, ere, -fug-i,-fug-Itum, a. 
to flee back ; to retreat. 

Refulg-eo, ere, -falsi, n. to shine. 

Refulsi. \^See refulgeo.] 

Reg-ius, a, um, adj. regal. 

Reg-no, are, avi, atum, a. to 
reign ; to rule. 

Reg-num, i, n. a kingdom, 

Regendus, a, um, part, from 

Rego, ere, rexi, rectum, a. to 
reign; to rule. 

Relictus, a, um, part, (relinquo) 
having left. 

Religio, onis f. religion. 

Relinquo, ere, -liqui, -lictum, 
a. to leave, 

Reminiscor; i, dep. to remem- 
ber. 

Renuntio, are, avi, atum, a. 
to proclaim. 

Repeiite, adv. suddenly. 

Reperio, ire, -peri, -pertum, a. 
to find. 



Reprehendo, ere, -di, sum, a. 

to censure. 
Res, re i, f. a thing ; an affair ; 

a material. 
Resisto, ere, -stiti, -stitum, n. 

to resist ; to oppose. 
Respondeo, ere, -spondi,-spon- 

sum, a. to answer ; to reply. 
Respublica, reipublicse, f. the 

state. 
Reverto, ere, -verti, -versum, 

a. to retwn. 
Rev^oco, are, avi, atum, a. to 

recall. 
Rex, regis, m. a king. 
Rhenus, i, m. the Rhine. 
Rhodanus, i, m. the Rhone. 
Rhodus, i, f. Rhodes. 
Richardus, i, m. Richard. 
Riphaeus, a, um, adj. Riphcean. 
Rixa, se, f. a quarrel. 
Roboro, are, avi, atum, a. to 

strengtheri. 
Robur, oris, n. strength, 
Rogo, are, avi, atum, a. to ask, 
Roma, ae, f. Rome. 
Romanus, a, um, adj. Roman, 
Romulus, i, m. Romulus, 
Rosa, se, f. a. rose. 
Rubigo, inis, f. rust. 
Rus, ruris, n. the country, 
Rusticus, i, m. a countryman. 



SiECULUM SAXUM. 



Saeculum, i, n. an age. 

Sfepe, adv. often. 

Ssevus, a, um, adj. cruel ; ter- 
rible. 

Sagitta, se, f. an arrow. 

Salamis, inis, f. Salamis, 

Salus, utis, f. safety; preser- 
vation. 

Sanctus, a, um, adj. holy. 



Sane, adv. certainly ; truly. 
Sapientia, ee, f. wisdom. 
Sapiens, tis, adj. wise. 
Sapio^ ire, ivi, ii or ui, n. to be 

ivise. 
Satis, adv. sufficiently. 
Satisfacio, ere, -feci, -factum, 

a. to satisfy. 
Saxum, i, n. a rock. 



SCELUS SORS. 



199 



Scelus, eris, n. crime. 

Scio, scire, scivi; scitunri; a. to 

know. 
Scipio, onis; m. Scipio. 
Scopulus, i; m. a rock. 
Scribo, ere, scripsi, scriptum, 

a. to write. 
Scriptor, oris, m. a writer, 
Scriptus, a, um, part, (scribo.) 
Se. [See sui.] 
Sed, conj. but. 
SedeO; ere, sedi, sessum, n. to 

sit. 
Sedes, is, f. a seat; a residence. 
Seditio, onis, f. sedition. 
Sella, ae, f. a seat. 
Semihora, pe, f. half an hour. 
Semiramis, idis, f. Semiramis. 
Semper, adv. always. 
Senator, oris, m. a Senator. 
Senatus, lis, m. a senate. 
Senectus, utis, f. old age. 
Sensus,us,m. sense; perception. 
Sententia, se, f. an opinion. 
Sepelio, Ire, sepelivi or sepelii, 

sepultum, a. to bury. 
Septimus^ a, um, adj. the sev- 
enth. 
Septuaginta, adv. seventy. 
Sepulcrum, i, n. a tomb. 
Sequor, sequi, secutus sum, 

dep. to follow. 
Serenus, a, um, adj. clear; 

bright. 
Sermo, onis, m. a speech ; a 

discourse. 
Servio, Ire, ivi, or ii. Hum, n. 

to serve. 
Servo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

keep ; to maintain ; to pre- 
serve. 
Servus, i, m. a slave. 
Sese. the same as se. 
Sextllis, e, adj. the sixth : Ca- 

lendae Sextiles, the first day 

of August, 

n% 



Sextius, i, m. Sextius, 

Si, conj. if. 

Sibi. [See sui.] 

Sic, adv. so. 

Siccius, i, m. Siccius ( Dentd- 

tus.J 
Sicilia, se, f. Sicily. 
Sidus, eris, n. a star. 
Significaturus,a,um, part, from 
Signif ico, are, avi, atum, a. to 

signify ; to express. 
Simia, se, f. & simius, i, m. an 

ape. 
Similis, e, adj. like. 
Similiter, adv. i7i like man- 

ner. 
SimilitudOjinis, f. resemblance. 
Simul, adv. together; at the 

same time : simul atque, as 

soon as. 
Sino, ere, sivi, situm, a. toper' 

mit ; to suffer. 
Sinus, us, m. a bosom. 
Socius, i, m. acornpanion; an 

alhj. 
Socius, a, um, adj. social : do- 
lor socius, sympathy. 
Socrates, is, m. Socrates, 
Sol, solis, m. the sun. 
Solatium, i, n. a. consolation. 
Soleo, ere, itus sum, n. pass. 

to use ; to be accustomed. 
Solicitudo, inis, f. anxiety. 
Solum, adv. only; alone. 
Solum, i, n. the ground. 
Solus, a, um, adj. alone. 
Solvo, ere, solvi, solutum, a. 

to loose ; to set sail ; to pay; 

to free. 
Somnio, are, avi, atum, n. to 

dream. 
Somnium, i, n. a dream, 
Somnus, i, m. sleep. 
Sonus, i, m. a sound, 
Sordidus, a, um, adj. mean, 
, Sors, sortis, f. lot ; destiny. 



200 



SPAKGO SYRACUSE. 



SpargOj ere, sparsi, sparsuni; 

a. to scatter. 
Species, ei, f. an appearance. 
Spectalum, sup. to see : from 
Specto, are, avi, atum, a. to 

to look ; to see ; to concern ; 

to relate to. 
Spes, ei, f. hope. 
Spirans, tis, part, breathing : 

from 
Spiro, are, avi, atum^ n. to 

breathe. 
Splendidus, a, um, adj. (ior^ 

issimus,) clear; bright. 
Spolio, are, avi, atum, a. to 

plunder. 
Spondeo, ere, spopondi, spon- 

sum, a. to promise. 
Spontis, gen. sponte, abl. f. of 

one's own accord. 
Stadium, i, n. a race course. 
Statim, adv. immediately. 
Statuo, ere, statui, statutum, a. 

to deter tnine. 
Stella, ae, f. a star. 
Steti. [See sto.] 
Stirps, stirpis, f. a race. 
Sto, stare, steti, statum, n. to 

stand. 
Stoic-us, a, um, adj. stoic : sto- 

ici, subs. pi. the stoics. 
Strages, is, f. slaughter. 
Stramentum, i, n. straw. 
Strepitus, us, m. uproar. 
Studeo, ere, ui, n. to study ; to 

desire. 
Sludiosus, a, um, adj. fond. 
Sturnus, i, m. a starling. 
Suavis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

sweet. 
Suaviter, adv. sweetly. 
Sub, prep, under; beneath; 

near. 
Subigo, ere, egi, actum, a. to 

subdue. 
SubsistO; erC; -stiti; a. to stop. 



Subter, prep, beneath, 

Succedo, ere, -cessi, -cessum, 
n. to succeed ; to approach. 

Succurro, ere, curri, cursum, 
n. io succor ; to aid. 

Suffero, ere, sustuli, sublatum^ 
irr. a. to take away. 

Sui, pro. (E. 153,) of himself ; 
of herself ; of themselves. 

Sum, esse, fui, irr. n. (E. 223,) 
to be ; to belong to. 

Summus, a, um, (sup. ofsupe- 
rus,) very great; highest; su- 
preme : ad summum^ at the 
most. 

Sumo, ere, sumpsi,sumptum, a. 
to take ; to take up ; to un- 
dertake. 

Sumpsi. [See sumo.] 

Super, prep. over. 

Superbia, se, f, pride. 

Superbus, a, um, did], proud : 
(Tarquinius,) the proud. 

Superjacio, ere, -jeci, -jactum^ 
a. to throw over. 

Supero, are, avi, atum, a. to 
surpass ; to excel. 

Superus, a, um, adj. (E. 142,) 
high ; great. 

Supervenio, Ire, -veni, -ven- 
tum, a. to come upon. 

Supra, adv. above; beyond. 

Surgo, ere, surrexi, surrectum, 
a. to rise. 

Surrigo, ere, -rexi, -rectum, a. 
to raise. 

Suscipio, ere, -cepi,-ceptum, a. 
to U7idertake. 

Sustuli. [See suffero.] 

Suus, a, um, pro. his; hers; 
its ; theirs. 

Sylva, 86. f. a wood. 

SyracusaS; arura^ f. pi. Syra- 
cuse. 



T TUEKIS. 



301 



T. 



T. an abbreviation 0/ Titus. 

Tabula, se, f. a table. 

Tabularius^ i, m. a courier, 

Taceo, ere, ui, ituni; n. to be 
silent. 

TacituS; a, um, part. (taceO;) 
& adj. silent. 

Talentuni; i, n. a talent. 

Talpa; se, f. a mole. 

Tarn, adv. so, 

Tameii; conj. yet; neverthe- 
less. 

Tandem, adv. finally. 

Tango, ere, tetigi, tactum, a. 
to touch. 

Tanquam, adv. as ; as if, 

Tantopere, adv. so much. 

Tantiim, adv. only. 

Tantus, a, uni; adj. so great ; 
so much, 

Tarquinius, i, m. Tarquinius. 

Taurus, i, m. a bull. 

Tecum. [See tu and cum.] 

Tego, ere, texi, tectum, a. to 
cover, 

Tempus, oris, n. time. 

Teneo, ere, tenui, tentum, a. 
to hold ; to detain. 

Tento, are, avi, atum, n. to 
attempt. 

Tenus, prep, up to. 

Tepor, oris, m. warmth. 

Terra, se, f, a country; a land; 
the earth. 

Testis, is, c. a witness; evi- 
dence. 

Tester, ari, atus sum, dep. to 
testify ; to attest. 

Testudo, inis, f. a tortoise. 

Teucria, se, f. Troy. 

Teutoni, orum, m. the Teutoni. 

Theatrum, i, n. a theatre, 

Theophrastus, i, m. TheophraS' 
tus, 

tl2 



Thermopylae, arum, f. Ther- 
mopylae. 

Thessalonica, se, f. Thessalo- 
nica. 

Thronus, i, m. a throne. 

Tiberis, is, m. the river Tiber, 

Tibi. [See tu.] 

Timeo, ere, ui, a. &n. to fear. 

Timidus, a, um, adj. timorous; 
fearful. 

Timotheus, i, m. Timotheus, 

Tolerandus, a, um, part, from 

Tolero, are, avi, atum, a. to 
endure ; to sustain. 

ToUo, ere, tolli, a. to take away. 

Torridus, a, um, adj. sultry; 
hot. 

Torvus, a, um, adj. grim ; sav- 
age. 

Totus, a, um, adj. (E. 110,) 
all ; the whole. 

Trajicio, ere, -jeci, -jectum, a. 
to pass over. 

Transeo, Ire, ivi, itum, irr. a. 
to pass over. 

Trcbia, se, m. the river Trebia. 

Tremo, ere, ui, n. to tremble ; 
to shake, 

Triennium, i, n, three years. 

Triginta, num. adj. ind. thirty, 

Triumpho, are, avi^ atum, n. 
to triumph. 

Triumphus, i, m. a triumph, 

Trcezen, enis, f. Troezen, 

Troja, se, f. Troy, 

Trojanus, a, um, adj. Trojan 

Tu, pro. (E. 153,) thou; you, 

Tubicen, inis, a trumpeter. 

Tum, adv. then : turn tempo- 
ris, at that time, 

Tumultus, As, m. a tumult, 

Turba, se, f. a multitude. 

Turranius, i, m. Turramus, 

Turris, is ;f. a tower. 



202 



TUTE TYRRHENUS. 



Tute, pro. intensive for lu. 
Tutus, a, uni; adj. safe. 
TuuS; a, uni; pro. thy ; your. 



TyrrhenuS; a, um, adj. Tus- 
can. 



V. 



UBI UTOB. 



Ubi, adv. when ; where. 

UblquC; adv. every lohere, 

UlluS; a, um, adj. any. 

Umbra; se^ f. a shade ; a sha- 
doio. 

Unda, 86, f. a wave ; water. 

Unde, adv. whence. 

Unguis, is, m. a nail ; a. claw. 

Universus, a, um, adj. all. 

Unus, a, um, adj. (E. 110,) one; 
one only : omnes ad unum, 
all without exception. 

Urbs, iS; f. a city. 



Ursus, i, m. a bear. 

Usque, adv. even ; even to. 

Usus, us, m. use. 

Usus, a, um, part (utor.) 

Ut, conj. & adv. that; as; how: 

ut qui, inasmach as he. 
Uter, utra, utrum, adj. (E.llO,) 

which; which of the tic o. 
Uterque,utraque,utrumque,adj, 

(E. 110,) both. 
Utilis, e, adj. useful. 
Utor, uti, usus sum, dep. to 

use ; to exert ; to make use» 



V. 



VACO VESCOR. 



Vaco, are, avi, atum, a. to be 
free from ; to be destitute of. 

Vacuus, a, um,adj. void; free. 

Vado, ere, vasi, vasum, n. to 
go. 

Vadum, i, n. a shallow place. 

Vagor, ari, atus sum, n. to wan- 
der ; to stroll. 

Vallis, is, f. a vale ; a valley. 

Valerius, i, m. Valerius. 

Vanitas, atis, f. emptiness; 
vanity. 

Varius, i, m. Varius. 

Varius, a, um, adj. various. 

Ve, conj. enclitic, or. 

Vehementer, adv. vehemently ; 
extremely. 

Veii, orum,m. Veii. 

Velox, ocis, adj. swift. 

Vendo, ere, didi, ditum, a. to 
sell. 



Venio, Ire, veni, ventum, n. to 

come. 
Venor, ari, atus sum, dep. to 

hunt. 
Ventus, i, m. the wirid, 
Venus, i, or us, m. for sale. 
Ver, veris, n. spring. 
Verax, acis, adj. veracious; 

truth- telling. 
Veritas, atis, f. triith. 
Verg-asilaunus, i, m. Vergasi' 

launus. 
Vernus, a, um, adj. vernal; 

spring. 
Vero, conj. but. 
Verres, is, m. Verres. 
Verto, ere, versi, versum, n, to 

turn. 
Verum, i, n. truth. 
Verus, a, um, adj. true; real, 
Vescor, vesci, dep. t^ eat. 



VESONTIO VULPES. 



203 



Vesontio, onis, m. Besangon, 

a town of Gaul. 
Vester, tra, trum; pro. your. 
Vestig-ium, i^ n. a track. 
VestiS; is, f. a garment; dress. 
Via; 96, f. a road; a way. 
Viator, oris, m. a traveller, 
Vici. \_See vinco.] 
Victoria, se, f. victoi^. 
Victus, a, um, part, (vinco.) 
Videns, tis, part, seeing : from 
Video, ere, vidi, visum, a. to 

see. 
Videor, eri, visus sum, pass, to 

seem. 
Vig-eo, ere, ui, n. to flourish. 
Vig-ilantia, se, f. vigilance. 
Vigilo, are, avi, atum, a. to 

watch. 
Vig-inti, num. adj. ind. tv^enty. 
Villa, 86, f. a villa ; a farm- 
house ; a cottage. 
Vinco, ere, vici, victum, a. to 

conquer ; to overcome. 
Vindico, are, avi, atum, a. to 

claim ; to arrogate. 
Vinum, i, n. wine. 
Vir, viri, m. a man. 
Vireo, ere, ui, n. to be green. 
Vires, ium, f. pi. \_See vis.] 
Virgo, inis, f. a virgin; a maid. 
Virtus, utis, f. virtue ; merit. 
Vis, vis, f. (pi. vires,) force ; 

strength ; quantity ; a sum ; 

violence. 



Vita, 86, f. life. 
Vitis, is, f. a vine. 
Vitium, i, n. vice. 
Vitrum, i, n. glass. 
Vittington, m. Wliittington. 
Vivens, tis, part, living: from 
Vivo, ere, vixi, victum, n. to 

live. 
Vix, adv. scarcely. 
Vixi. [>See vivo.] 
Vociferor, ari, atus sum, dep. 

to crTj out ; to vociferate. 
Voco, are, avi, atum, a. to call. 
Volandi, ger. (volo, are.) 
Volatus, {is, m. flight. 
Volo, are, avi, atum, n. to fly. 
Volo, velle, volui, irr. a. to 

wish. 
Volucer, cris, ere, adj. winged: 

subs, volucres, um, f. pi. 

birds. 
Voluptas, atis, f. pleasure. 
Volusenus, i, m. Volusenus. 
Volutans, tis, part, wallowing: 

from 
Voluto, are, avi^ atum, a. to 

roll : se volutare, to wallow. 
Voro, are, avi, atum, a. to de- 
vour. 
Vos. [See tu.] 
Vox, vocis, f. a voice. 
Vulcanus, i, m. Vulcan. 
Vulgus, i, n. & m. the vulgar, 
Vulpes, is, f. a fox. 



$12 



ANALYSIS AND PARSING. 



The following are examples of analysis and parsing, 
according to the principles of the preceding Gram- 
mar. 

!• Tempus veniet, The time will come. 
ANALYSIS. 

This is a simple "" sentence. Its subject^ is tempus; 
its predicate '^ is veniet, 

PARSING. 

Tempus is a common"^ noun/ of the third -^ declen- 
sion, neuter^ gender^ ; [Decline it.] in the singular* 
number, and is nominative-^ to veniet, 

Veniet is a neuter^ verb^, of the fourth"" conjugation. 
[Repeat the principal parts, as found in the dictionary.] 
It is formed in the active"" voice", from the first^ root, 
[Repeat the parts formed from this root, as in audid^,^ 
in the indicative"" mood% future^ tense", [Repeat the 
persons" of this tense.] third person''', singular"" num- 
ber; agreeing with tempus, [Repeat the rule, S. 32.] 



flS. 


8. 


/ E. 56. 


k E. 


190. 


pE. 


217. 


u E. 


200. 


h s. 


3. 


g E. 65. 


I E. 


183. 


q E. 


241. 


V E. 


239. 


c S. 


4. 


h E. 79. 


wiE. 


216. 


rE. 


196. 


w E. 


211. 


rfE. 


12. 


i E. 22. 


n E. 


]88. 


s E. 


194. 


X E. 


209, 


e E. 


9. 


j E. 25. 


E. 


187. 


t E. 


202. 







206 ANALYSIS AND PARSING. 

The paragraphs of the Grammar, to which refer- 
ence is made at the foot of the page, should be re- 
peated in similar cases by the learner, until they are 
familiar. In the following examples, when the same 
references might have been made, they are often left 
to be supplied by the student. 

2» Sola laurus fulmine non icitur. The laurel alone is not 
struck by lightning-. 

ANALYSTS. 

This is a simple sentence. 

Its logicaP subject is ^ola laurus, the laurel alone. 
Its grammatical'' subject is laurus, the laurel. 
Its logicaP predicate is fulmine non icitur, is not 
struck by lightning. 

Its grammatical predicate is icitur, is struck. 

PARSING. 

Sola is an adjective, in the feminine'' gender, from 
solus^ of the first and second declensions, [Decline it 
in the feminine gender.] in the singular number, 
nominative case, agreeing with laurus, [Repeat the 
rule, S. 19.] 

Laurus is a common noun, of the second-^ declen- 
sion, feminine^ gender, [Decline it.] in the nominative 
case to icitur, 

Fulmine is a common noun, of the third^ declen- 
sion, neuter' gender, [Decline it.^] in the singular 
number, ablative case after icitur. [Repeat the rule, 
S. 98.] 

Non is an adverb modifying icitur J" 

Icitur is an active verb, of the third conjugation. 



aS. 


5. 


d E. 


102. 


gE. 


18. 


3 E. 


57. 


h S. 


6. 


e E. 


110. 


h E. 


56. 


Is. 


159. 


cE. 


103. 


/ E. 


50. 


t E. 


65. 







ANALYSIS AND PARSING. 207 

[Repeat its principal parts.] It is formed in the pas- 
sive voice, from the first root; [Repeat the parts 
formed from this root.""] in the indicative mood, pres- 
ent tense, [Repeat the persons.^] third person, singu- 
lar, agreeing with laurus, [Repeat the rule, S. 32.] 



3* Urbs, quam Romulus condidit, vocabatur Roma, The city, 
which Romulus built, was called Rome. 

ANALYSIS. 

This is a compound sentence, consisting of two 
propositions. 1. Urbs vocabatur Roma, the city was 
called Rome. 2. quam Romulus condidit, which 
Romulus built. 

In the first proposition, urbs is the grammatical sub- 
ject, and urbs limited by the relative clause, {quam 
Romulus condidit j) is the logical subject. In the 
second, or relative clause, Romulus is the subject, 
condidit the grammatical, and quam condidit the log- 
ical subject. 

PARSING. 

Urbs is a common noun, of the third declension, 
feminine'' gender, [Decline it.] in the nominative case 
to vocabatur. 

Quam is a relative"^ pronoun, of the feminine gen- 
der, from qui, quce, quod, agreeing with its antecedent 
urbs, [Repeat the rule, S. 29,] [Decline it in the 
feminine''.] in the accusative after condidit. [Repeat 
the rule, S. 67.] 

Romulus is a proper-^ noun, of the second declen- 
sion, masculine^ gender, [Decline it.] in the nomina- 
tive case to condidit. 



aE. 241. c E. 61. e E. 167. g E, 17, 

b E. 239. d E. 165. / E. 11. 



208 ANALYSIS AND PARSING. 

Condidit is an active verb, of the third conjugation, 
[Repeat the principal parts.] It is formed in the ac- 
tive voice, from the second root, [Repeat the parts 
formed frotn this root.""] in the indicative mood, per- 
fect indefinite^ tense, [Repeat the persons.] third 
person, singular, agreeing with Romulus. [Repeat 
the rule, S. 32.] 

Vocabdtur is an active verb, of the first conjuga- 
tion. [Repeat the principal parts.] It is formed in 
the passive voice, from the first root, [Repeat the parts 
formed from this root,] in the indicative mood, imper- 
perfect tense, [Repeat the persons of this tense.] third 
person, singular, agreeing with urhs. [Repeat the 
rule, S. 32.] 

Roma is a proper noun, of the first declension, fem- 
inine'' gender, [Decline it.] in the nominative case 
after vocabdtur. [Repeat the rule, S. 40.] 

4» " Tui me miseret/' aiebat testudini 

Lacerta^ '^ quae, quocunque libeat vadere, 
Tuam ipsa tecum ferre cogaris domum.'' 

ANALYSIS. 

This sentence consists of four propositions. 1. Tui 
me miseret. 2. Aiebat testudini lacerta. 3. duae 
tuam ipsa tecum ferre cogaris domum. 4. quocun- 
que libeat vadere. 

These propositions can be analysed and parsed like 
the preceding, but in the first and fourth proposi- 
tions the subject is wanting. [E. 262 and 263.] 

a E. 241. h E. 206. c E. 18. 



CONTENTS. 





Page. 


Latin Grammar, 


19 


Orthography, 


19 


Orthoepy, 


21 


Etymology, 


22 


N0U7lSy 


23 


Gender, 


23 


Number, 


24 


Cases, 


24 


Declensions, 


25 


First Declension, 


27 


Second Declension, 


28 


Third Declension, 


30 


Fourth Declension, 


37 


Fifth Declension, 


38 



Adjectives, 39' 

First and Second Dec. 39 

Third Declension, 42 

Numeral adjectives, 46 

Comparison of adjectives, 48 

Pronouns, 51 

Substantive Pronouns, 52 

Adjective Pronouns, 52 

Demonstrative Pronouns, 53 



Intensive Pronouns, 


55 


Relative Pronouns, 


56 


Interrog-ative Pronouns, 


56 


Indefinite Pronouns, 


51 


Possessive Pronouns, 


58 


Patrial Pronouns, 


59 


Reflexive Pronouns, 


59 


Verbs, 


59 


Moods, 


60 


Tenses, 


61 


Numbers, 


62 


Persons, 


63 


Participles, Gerunds, and 




Supines, 


63 





Page. 


Conjugation, 


63 


Sum, 


64 


First Conjugation, 


69 


Second Conjugation, 


76 


Third Conjugation, 


81 


Fourth Conjugation, 


89 


Deponent Verbs, 


94 


Irregular Verbs, 


95 


Defective Verbs, 


100 


Impersonal Verbs, 


103 


Particles, 


104 


Adverbs, 


104 


Prepositions, 


104 


Conjunctions, 


104 


Interjections, 


105 


Syntax, 


105 


Apposition, 


107 


Adjectives, 


108 


Relatives, 


110 


Nominative, 


110 


Genitive, 


112 


Dative, 


116 


Accusative, 


118 


Vocative, 


122 


Ablative, 


122 


Subjunctive Mood, 


128 


Infinitive Mood, 


132 


Participles, 


133 


Gerunds and Gerundives 


5,134 


Supines, 


135 


Adverbs, 


135 


Conjunctions, 


135 


Arrangement, 


136 



Exercises in Syntax, 137 
Reading Lessons, 163 

Vocabulary, 173 

Analysis and Parsing, 205 



ERRATA. 

Page 33, Questions 59 and 60, for accepted read excepted. 

^^ 45, '^ 119, for declension, read termination, 

'^ 80, " 237, for apssive, read passive, 

" 88, No. 245, insert capiam before caperem. 

^' 143, 4th and 5th lines from bottom, for /uit^ read sum. 

*' 145,, 7th line, for saliitis, read saluti. 

" 156, 11th line from bottom, for possessie, read possessio. 

'^ 162, last line; for sun, read sum. 



IS? 



V «»iv- 









, » 'o^ 










^ V 1^ 1 • «4 

^ - O^ vi"^ t * ^ Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 

'V <J^w Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 

^ V • j^y Treatment Date: July 2006 

J'^'^^ "o^ PreservationTechnologies 

Cy ^ *'4r A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

^ *V*^ * ^ -' ^ Thomson Park Drive 

<V 5 * ^>,-^» ^ CranbenryTownship, PA -16066 

N ^ ^'i^^* *^^ (724)779-2111 




• m* 






,. *< 



K* J^ V^ %*^^/ -i^ ^^ 
















^^-n^ 







> o 












^^q* 






I BOOKBINDING I ^^ <^ Vf^** .0^ ^ ' 






